Quarterlytics / Industrials / Trucking / TFI International

TFI International

tfii · NYSE Industrials
Claim this profile
Ticker tfii
Exchange NYSE
Sector Industrials
Industry Trucking
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2018 Annual Report · TFI International
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
T
F

I

I

N
T
E
R
N
A
T

I

O
N
A
L

A
N
N
U
A
L

R
E
P
O
R
T

2
0
1
8

www.tfiintl.com

2018 ANNUAL REPORT

 
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE FOURTH QUARTER AND YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

1 

GENERAL INFORMATION 

The  following  is  TFI  International  Inc.’s  management  discussion  and  analysis  (“MD&A”).  Throughout  this  MD&A,  the  terms 
“Company”, “TFI International” and “TFI” shall mean TFI International Inc., and shall include its independent operating subsidiaries. 
This MD&A provides a comparison of the Company’s performance for its three-month period and year ended December 31, 2018 
with the corresponding three-month period and year ended December 31, 2017 and it reviews the Company’s financial position as 
of  December  31,  2018.  It  also  includes  a  discussion  of  the  Company’s  affairs  up  to  February  27,  2019,  which  is  the  date  of  this 
MD&A. The MD&A should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes as at 
and for the year ended December 31, 2018. 

In this document, all financial data are prepared in accordance with the International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as issued 
by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”) unless otherwise noted. All amounts are in Canadian dollars, and the term 
“dollar”,  as  well  as  the  symbols  “$”  and  “C$”,  designate  Canadian  dollars  unless  otherwise  indicated.  Variances  may  exist  as 
numbers have been rounded. This MD&A also uses non-IFRS financial measures. Refer to the section of this report entitled “Non-IFRS 
Financial Measures” for a complete description of these measures. 

The  Company’s  audited  consolidated  financial  statements  have  been  approved  by  its  Board  of  Directors  (“Board”)  upon 
recommendation of its audit committee on February 27, 2019. Prospective data, comments and analysis are also provided wherever 
appropriate to assist existing and new investors to see the business from a corporate management point of view. Such disclosure is 
subject to reasonable constraints for maintaining the confidentiality of certain information that, if published, would probably have an 
adverse impact on the competitive position of the Company. 

Additional  information  relating  to  the  Company  can  be  found  on  its  website  at  www.tfiintl.com.  The  Company’s  continuous 
disclosure materials, including its annual and quarterly MD&A, annual and quarterly consolidated financial statements, annual report, 
annual information form, management proxy circular and the various press releases issued by the Company are also available on its 
website or directly through the SEDAR system at www.sedar.com. 

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS 

The  Company  may  make  statements  in  this  report  that  reflect  its  current  expectations  regarding  future  results  of  operations, 
performance and achievements. These are “forward-looking” statements and reflect management’s current beliefs. They are based 
on  information  currently  available  to  management.  Words  such  as ”may”,  “could”,  “should”,  “would”,  “believe”,  “expect”, 
“anticipate” and words and expressions of similar import are intended to identify these forward-looking statements. Such forward-
looking  statements  are  subject  to  certain  risks  and  uncertainties  that  could  cause  actual  results  to  differ  materially  from  historical 
results and those presently anticipated or projected. 

The Company wishes to caution readers not to place undue reliance on any forward-looking statements which reference issues only 
as of the date made. The following important factors could cause the Company’s actual financial performance to differ materially 
from  that  expressed  in  any  forward-looking  statement:  the highly  competitive  market conditions,  the  Company’s  ability  to  recruit, 
train and retain qualified drivers, fuel price variations and the Company’s ability to recover these costs from its customers, foreign 
currency fluctuations, the impact of environmental standards and regulations, changes in governmental regulations applicable to the 
Company’s  operations,  adverse  weather  conditions,  accidents,  the  market  for  used  equipment,  changes  in  interest  rates,  cost  of 
liability insurance coverage, downturns in general economic conditions affecting the Company and its customers, and credit market 
liquidity. 

The foregoing list should not be construed as exhaustive, and the Company disclaims any obligation subsequently to revise or update 
any  previously  made  forward-looking  statements  unless  required  to  do  so  by  applicable  securities  laws.  Unanticipated  events  are 
likely to occur. Readers should also refer to the section “Risks and Uncertainties” at the end of this MD&A for additional information 
on  risk  factors  and  other  events  that  are  not  within  the  Company’s  control.  The  Company’s  future  financial  and  operating  results 
may fluctuate as a result of these and other risk factors. 

2018 Annual Report 

 
 
 
2 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA AND HIGHLIGHTS 

(unaudited) 

(in thousands of dollars, except per share data) 

Fourth quarters ended
December 31 

Years ended
December 31 

2018 

2017* 

2018 

2017* 

2016** 

Revenue before fuel surcharge 

  1,162,279 

  1,069,679 

  4,508,197 

  4,378,985 

  3,830,931 

Fuel surcharge 

Total revenue 

Adjusted EBITDA1 

Operating income 

Net income 

Adjusted net income1 

Net cash from operating activities from continuing 

operations 

Free cash flow from continuing operations1 

Total assets 

Total long-term debt 

Per share data 

EPS – diluted 

Adjusted EPS – diluted1 

Dividends 

159,166 

123,199 

615,011 

458,429 

320,720 

  1,321,445 

  1,192,878 

  5,123,208 

  4,837,414 

  4,151,651 

180,654 

103,283 

76,728 

86,262 

131,017 

66,076 

120,192 

53,945 

686,283 

430,524 

291,994 

321,612 

514,481 

178,421 

157,988 

192,188 

442,351 

258,213 

157,059 

187,517 

173,848 

103,917 

116,148 

102,432 

543,503 

339,707 

372,601 

376,487 

337,908 

288,340 

  4,049,960 

  3,727,628 

  4,049,960 

  3,727,628 

  4,026,879 

  1,584,423 

  1,498,396 

  1,584,423 

  1,498,396 

  1,584,815 

0.85 

0.96 

0.24 

1.31 

0.59 

0.21 

3.22 

3.54 

0.87 

1.70 

2.07 

0.78 

1.64 

1.96 

0.70 

As a percentage of revenue before fuel surcharge 

Adjusted EBITDA margin1 

15.5% 

12.2% 

15.2% 

11.7% 

11.5% 

Depreciation of property and equipment 

Amortization of intangible assets 

Operating margin1 

Adjusted operating ratio1 

4.5% 

1.3% 

8.9% 

4.5% 

1.5% 

6.2% 

4.4% 

1.4% 

9.5% 

4.8% 

1.4% 

4.1% 

3.6% 

1.4% 

6.7% 

90.3% 

93.8% 

90.6% 

94.4% 

93.5% 

(*) 

Recasted for changes in presentation (see note 3 of the audited consolidated financial statements). 

(**)  From continuing operations and recasted for changes in presentation. 

Q4 Highlights 
• 

The comparatives to the consolidated statement of income have been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation 
regarding  the  line  items  included  within  the  subtotal  of  operating  income,  as  stated  in  the  audited  consolidated  financial 
statements.  As  a  result,  the  following  measures  have  changed  from  Q4  2017  and  year-end  2017:  operating  income  and 
operating margin. 

• 

Record fourth quarter operating and financial results. 

•  Operating income increased to $103.3 million, up 56% from the same quarter last year, driven by strong execution across the 

organisation, increased quality of revenue, and cost efficiencies. 

•  Operating income and operating margin1, a non-IFRS measure, increased meaningfully at all four of the Company’s reportable 

segments with the exception of Logistics and Last Mile due to an impairment: 

o 

o 

Package  and  Courier  operating  income  increased  22%  to  $34.4  million,  with  the  operating  margin  increasing  200 
basis points to 19.4%; 

Less-Than-Truckload operating income increased 77% to $23.5 million, with the operating margin increasing 360 basis 
points to 10.1%; 

1 

Refer to the section “Non-IFRS financial measures”. 

TFI International 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

3 

o 

o 

Truckload operating income increased 129% to $52.3 million, with the operating margin increasing 520 basis points 
to 9.9%; 

Logistics  and  Last  Mile  operating  income  decreased  to  $2.9  million  due  primarily  to  a  $12.6  million  impairment  to 
intangible  assets  related  to  a  prior  year  business  acquisition  in  the  segment.  This  impairment  was  offset  by  a  $13.0 
million  reduction  in  contingent  consideration  for  the  same  acquisition,  which  was  recorded  in  net  finance  costs. 
Excluding the $12.6 million impairment, operating income increased 9% to $15.4 million with the operating margin 
increasing 50 basis points to 6.5%. 

•  Net  income  of  $76.7  million  decreased  by  $43.5  million  compared  to  Q4  2017,  which  included  a  $76.1  million  reduction  in 

income tax expense as a result of U.S. tax reform. 

•  Diluted earnings per share (diluted “EPS”) of $0.85 compares to $1.31 in Q4 2017, with the decrease primarily attributable to 
the income tax expense reduction recorded in Q4 2017, partially offset by higher revenues and stronger operating margins. 

•  Adjusted  net  income1,  a  non-IFRS  measure,  increased  60%  to  $86.3  million  primarily  due  to  higher  revenues  and  stronger 

operating margins. 

•  Adjusted diluted EPS1, a non-IFRS measure, increased 63% to $0.96 from $0.59 in Q4 2017. 

•  Net cash from  operating activities from continuing operations increased to $173.8 million, compared to  $116.1 million  in Q4 

2017. 

•  Debt-to-adjusted EBITDA ratio1, a non-IFRS measure, stood at 2.3x as of December 31, 2018, down from 2.9x as of December 

31, 2017. 

• 

The  Company  returned  $80.4  million  to  shareholders  during  the  quarter,  of  which  $18.5  million  was  through  dividends  and 
$61.9 million was through share repurchases. 

•  During the quarter, TFI International completed the acquisitions of six Canadian specialized truckload companies. 

•  On December 17, 2018, the Board of Directors of TFI declared a quarterly dividend of $0.24. This dividend represented a 14% 

increase over the $0.21 quarterly dividend declared in Q4 2017. 

ABOUT TFI INTERNATIONAL 

Services 

TFI International is a North American leader in the transportation and logistics industry, operating across the United States, Canada 
and  Mexico  through  its  subsidiaries.  TFI  International  creates  value  for  shareholders  by  identifying  strategic  acquisitions  and 
managing a growing network of wholly-owned operating subsidiaries. Under the TFI International umbrella, companies benefit from 
financial  and  operational  resources  to  build  their  businesses  and  increase  their  efficiency.  TFI  International  companies  service  the 
following reportable segments: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

Package and Courier; 

Less-Than-Truckload; 

Truckload; 

Logistics and Last Mile. 

Seasonality of operations 

The  activities  conducted  by  the  Company  are  subject  to  general  demand  for  freight  transportation.  Historically,  demand  has  been 
relatively stable with the first quarter being generally the weakest. Furthermore, during the harsh winter months, fuel consumption 
and maintenance costs tend to rise. 

Human resources 

The  Company  has  17,127  employees  who  work  in  TFI  International’s  different  business  segments  across  North  America.  This 
compares to 17,044 employees as of December 31, 2017. The year-over-year increase of 83 is attributable to business acquisitions 
that  added  1,098  employees  offset  by  rationalizations  affecting  1,015  employees  mainly  in  the  Less-Than-Truckload  (“LTL”)  and 
Logistics and Last Mile segments. The Company believes that it has a relatively low turnover rate among its employees in Canada, a 
normal turnover rate in the U.S., and that its employee relations are very good. 

1 

Refer to the section “Non-IFRS financial measures”. 

2018 Annual Report 

 
 
 
4 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 

Equipment 

The Company has the largest trucking fleet in Canada and a significant presence in the U.S. market. As at December 31, 2018, the 
Company had 7,465 power units, 26,487 trailers and 8,527 independent contractors. This compares to 7,058 power units, 24,617 
trailers and 9,074 independent contractors as at December 31, 2017. 

Facilities 

TFI International’s head office is in Montréal, Québec and its executive office is located in Etobicoke, Ontario. As at December 31, 
2018, the Company had 369 facilities, as compared to 391 facilities as at December 31, 2017. Of these, 264 are located in Canada, 
including 170 and 94, respectively, in Eastern and Western Canada. The Company also had 93 facilities in the United States and 12 
facilities  in  Mexico.  In  the  last  twelve  months,  14  facilities  were  added  from  business  acquisitions  and  the  terminal  consolidation 
decreased the total number of facilities by 36, mainly in the Logistics and Last Mile segment. In Q4 2018, the Company closed 11 
sites. 

Customers 

The Company has a diverse customer base across a broad cross-section of industries with no single client accounting for more than 
5%  of  consolidated  revenue.  Because  of  its  customer  diversity,  as  well  as  the  wide  geographic  scope  of  the  Company’s  service 
offering  and  the  range  of  segments  in  which  it  operates,  a  downturn  in  the  activities  of  individual  customers  or  customers  in  a 
particular industry is not expected to have a material adverse impact on operations. The Company has forged strategic partnerships 
with other transport companies in order to extend its service offering to customers across North America. 

Revenue by Top Customers’ Industry (58% of total revenue) 

Retail 

Manufactured Goods 

Automotive 

Metals & Mining 

Building Materials 

Food & Beverage 

Energy 

Forest Products 

Services 

Waste Management 

Chemicals & Explosives 

Maritime Containers 

Others 

(For the year ended December 31, 2018) 

CONSOLIDATED RESULTS 

30 % 

14 % 

8 % 

8 % 

7 % 

6 % 

5 % 

5 % 

4 % 

3 % 

3 % 

1 % 

6 % 

This  section  provides  general  comments  on  the  consolidated  results  of  operations.  A  more  detailed  analysis  is  provided  in  the 
“Segmented results” section. 

2018 business acquisitions 

In  line  with  its  growth  strategy,  the  Company  acquired  nine  businesses  during  2018:  Normandin  Transit  (“Normandin”),  Brasseur 
Transport  (“Brasseur”),  Timeline  Logistic  (“Timeline”),  Gorski  Bulk  Transport  (“GBT”),  Double-D  Transport  (“Double-D”),  SAF 
Transport (“SAF”), A. Beaumont Transport (“Beaumont”), Hughson Trucking (“Hughson”) and Cole Carriers Corp. (“Cole”). 

On April 3, 2018, TFI International completed the acquisition of Normandin. Based in Québec, Normandin provides cross-border LTL 
and Truckload (“TL”) services.  

On  May  1,  2018,  TFI  International  completed  the  acquisition  of  Brasseur.  Based  in  Québec,  Brasseur  specializes  in  liquid  bulk 
transportation across Canada and the U.S.  

On July 1, 2018, TFI International completed the acquisition of Timeline. Based in Saskatchewan, Timeline provides specialized long-
distance  truckload  transportation  services  across  North  America,  primarily  serving  the  oil  and  gas,  forestry  products,  and 
manufactured products industries. 

TFI International 

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

5 

On  October  1,  2018,  TFI  International  acquired  GBT.  Based  in  Ontario,  GBT  has  been  in  business  for  more  than  60  years  and 
specializes in the tank truck transportation of liquid and dry bulk commodities. 

On  November  1,  2018,  TFI  International  acquired  Double-D.  Based  in  Ontario,  Double-D  has  been  in  business  since  1991  and 
specializes in transporting over-sized and over-dimensional freight between Canada and the U.S. 

On  November  21,  2018,  TFI  International  acquired  SAF.  Based  in  Québec,  SAF  was  founded  in  1994  and  offers  specialized 
transportation and storage services. 

On December 1, 2018, TFI International acquired Beaumont. Based in Québec, Beaumont was founded in 1987 and specializes in the 
bulk transport of a variety of products ranging from fertilizer to hydro sulfate. 

On  December  4,  2018,  TFI  International  acquired  certain  assets  of  Hughson.  Based  in  Alberta,  Hughson  offers  transportation 
solutions to the oil and gas, forestry and lumber, agriculture, mining, construction, and food processing industries. 

On  December  14,  2018,  TFI  International  acquired  certain  assets  of  Cole.  Based  in  Ontario,  Cole  provides  a  complete  integrated 
supply chain management system specializing in handling and transportation for the steel, aluminum and automotive industries. 

Revenue 

For  the  quarter  ended  December  31,  2018,  total  revenue  reached  $1,321.4  million,  up  11%,  or  $128.6  million,  from  Q4  2017, 
attributable to organic growth of $70.7 million and the contribution from business acquisitions of $57.9 million. Excluding business 
acquisitions1, fuel surcharge revenue increased by $29.7 million and revenue before fuel surcharge increased 4%, or $41.0 million, 
from  a  net  increase  of  volume  and  pricing  of  $21.6  million  mainly  attributable  to  the  Package  and  Courier  segment  and  from  a 
positive currency impact of $19.4 million. The average exchange rate used to convert TFI International’s revenue generated in U.S. 
dollars was 3.9% higher this quarter (C$1.3204) than it was for the same quarter last year (C$1.2709). 

For the year ended December 31, 2018, total revenue reached $5.12 billion, up 6%, or $285.8 million, from $4.84 billion in 2017 
mainly due to the contribution from business acquisitions of $190.5 million. 

Operating expenses 

For  the  quarter  ended  December  31,  2018,  the  Company’s  operating  expenses  increased  by  $91.4  million,  or  8%,  to  $1,218.2 
million  from  $1,126.8  million  in  Q4  2017.  The  increase  is  mainly  attributable  to  business  acquisitions  that  added  $53.7  million. 
Excluding  business  acquisitions,  operating  expenses  increased  3%,  or  $37.6  million  compared  to  Q4  2017,  while  total  revenue 
increased  by  6%.  Operating  improvements,  better  fleet  utilization  and  lower  material  and  services  expenses  as  a  percentage  of 
revenue  contributed  to  maintaining  the  operating  expenses  in  the  Company’s  existing  operations  below  the  Q4  2017  level  as  a 
percentage of total revenue. 

For the quarter ended December 31, 2018, material and services expenses, net of fuel surcharge, decreased by 3.7 percentage points 
of revenue before fuel surcharge compared to the same period last year mainly due to lower subcontractors, rolling stock lease and 
accident costs as a percentage of revenue before fuel surcharge. Personnel expenses increased by 1.0 percentage point of revenue 
before  fuel  surcharge  partially  attributable  to  adjustments  to  driver  compensation  to  improve  retention  and  attract  new  drivers. 
Other  operating  expenses,  which  are  primarily  composed  of  costs  related  to  office  and  terminal  rent,  taxes,  heating, 
telecommunications, maintenance and security and other general administrative expenses increased $4.2 million in absolute terms, 
but decreased by 0.2 percentage points of revenue before fuel surcharge compared to last year same period, mainly as a result of 
higher  building  repairs  and  maintenance  expenses.  Depreciation  of  property  and  equipment  increased  by  $4.1  million,  or  8%, 
compared  to  last  year  same  period.  As  a  percentage  of  revenue  before  fuel  surcharge,  depreciation  of  property  and  equipment 
remained stable at 4.5% compared to Q4 2017. Intangible asset amortization decreased by $0.5 million compared to last year same 
period  mainly  due  to  intangible  assets  that  were  completely  amortized  during  the  last  twelve  months.  Gain  on  sale  of  equipment 
increased by $5.2 million compared to last year same period mainly due to the Company’s TL segment which incurred losses in Q4 
2017, mainly generated by the CFI fleet renewal plan. 

For the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company’s operating expenses increased by $33.7 million, or 1%, from $4.66 billion in 
2017 to $4.69 billion in 2018. The increase is mainly attributable to business acquisitions of $174.7 million and to lower gain on sale 
of property of $61.5 million, partially offset by operating improvements, better fleet utilization, lower material and services expenses 
in the Company’s existing operations of $23.8 million or 1%, lower depreciation of $18.6 million or 9% and to lower impairment of 
intangible assets of $130.4 million. 

1 

After removing from the current period any contributions from business acquisitions for the portion of time that such business acquisitions have no comparable results. 

2018 Annual Report 

 
 
6 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 

Impairment of intangible assets 

In the quarter ended December 31, 2018, the Company recorded an impairment charge of $12.6 million on a customer relationship 
intangible  asset  related  to  a  2017  business  acquisition  in  the  Logistics  and  Last  Mile  segment.  The  difficulties  in  retaining  and 
recruiting qualified subcontractors and the inability to successfully increase revenue impacted the current and expected future cash 
flow  from  that  company.  Accordingly,  the  contingent  consideration  recorded  in  the  original  purchase  price  allocation  of  that 
business  acquisition  was  completely  reversed  as  management  determined  that  required  minimum  earning  levels  in  future  periods 
would  not  be  reached.  The  resulting  $13.0  million  gain  was  presented  as  a  change  in  fair  value  of  contingent  considerations  in 
finance income and costs. 

In 2017, impairment of intangible assets was $143.0 million, including $13.2 million for an impairment of the Dynamex trade name 
recorded in the first quarter, and $129.8 million for a goodwill impairment in the U.S. TL operating segment recorded in the second 
quarter. 

Gain on sale of property 

For the quarter ended December 31, 2018, the gain on sale of property, which is accounted for in gain or loss on sale of land and 
buildings and in gain or loss on sale of assets held for sale in the consolidated statements of income, was $1.8 million, compared to 
a loss of $0.7 million in Q4 2017. Three properties were disposed of in Q4 2018 for a total consideration of $4.1 million. 

For the year ended December 31, 2018, the gain on sale of property was $16.1 million, compared to a gain of $77.7 million in 2017. 
Fifteen properties were disposed of in 2018 for a total consideration of $31.2 million. In Q3 2017, notably, four properties were sold 
in a sale-and-leaseback transaction for a consideration of $135.7 million. 

Gain on sale of intangible assets 

In the quarter ended December 31, 2018, the Company transferred several customer relationships located in a low-density region in 
the Package and Courier segment for a consideration of $3.0 million, generating a gain on sale of intangible assets of $1.2 million. 

Operating income 

For the quarter ended December 31, 2018, TFI International’s operating income significantly increased, rising $37.2 million to $103.3 
million  compared  to  $66.1  million  in  the  same  quarter  in  2017.  The  operating  margin  as  a  percentage  of  revenue  before  fuel 
surcharge increased 2.7 percentage points from 6.2% in Q4 2017 to 8.9% in Q4 2018. All reportable segments but Logistics and 
Last Mile, due to an impairment, reported margin increases. Notably, the TL segment reported a margin increase of 5.2 percentage 
points primarily as a result of better performance at U.S. TL operations. 

Management’s consistent focus on the quality of revenue in conjunction with rigorous cost control benefited the Company, resulting 
in  a  significant  improvement  in  the  Company’s  adjusted  operating  ratio1,  a  non-IFRS  measure,  which  reached  90.3%  this  quarter 
compared to 93.8% for Q4 2017. 

For the year ended December 31, 2018, TFI International’s operating income sharply increased by $252.1 million, or 141%, to $430.5 
million compared to $178.4  million in 2017, driven by operating improvements and the $143.0 million of impairment to intangible 
assets recorded in 2017, partially offset by lower gain on sale of property of $61.5 million recorded in 2018 compared to 2017. 

Finance income and costs 

(unaudited) 

(in thousands of dollars) 

Finance costs (income) 

Interest expense on long-term debt 

Interest income and accretion on promissory note 

Net change in fair value of contingent considerations and accretion 

expense 

Net foreign exchange (gain) loss 

Net change in fair value of foreign exchange derivatives 

Net change in fair value of interest rate derivatives 

Others 

Net finance costs (income) 

Fourth quarters ended 
December 31 

Years ended 
December 31  

2018 

13,159 

(747) 

(12,686) 

1,611 

(12) 

— 

(1,365) 

(40) 

2017 

13,102 

(725) 

(955) 

(10) 

(126) 

193 

2,018 

13,497 

2018 

54,609 

(2,807) 

(12,189) 

630 

(311) 

(46) 

8,420 

48,306 

2017 

56,758  

(2,638) 

(523) 

2,491  

(1,247) 

(365) 

6,599  

61,075  

1 

Refer to the section “Non-IFRS financial measures”. 

TFI International 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

7 

Interest expense on long-term debt 

Interest expense on long-term debt for the three-month period ended December 31, 2018 was comparable to the same quarter last 
year. For the year ended December 31, 2018, it decreased by $2.1 million mainly due to lower borrowings. 

Change in fair value of contingent considerations and accretion expense 

The 2018 gain is mostly attributable to a write off of a contingent consideration liability relating to a prior year business acquisition. 
See more detail in the section “Impairment of intangible assets” above. 

Net foreign exchange gain or loss and net investment hedge 

The Company designates as a hedge a portion of its U.S. dollar denominated debt held against its net investments in U.S. operations. 
This accounting treatment allows the Company to offset the designated portion of foreign exchange gain (or loss) of its debt against 
the foreign exchange loss (or gain) of its net investments in U.S. operations and present them in other comprehensive income. Net 
foreign exchange gains or losses recorded in income or loss are attributable to the U.S. dollar portion of the Company’s credit facility 
not designated as a hedge and to other financial assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies. For the three-month period 
and year ended December 31, 2018, losses of $18.4 million and $30.8 million, respectively, of foreign exchange variations (losses of 
$16.0 million and $26.7 million net of tax, respectively) were recorded to other comprehensive income as net investment hedge. 

Net change in fair value of derivatives and cash flow hedge 

The fair values of the Company’s derivative financial instruments, which are used to mitigate foreign exchange and interest rate risks, 
are subject to market price fluctuations in foreign exchange and interest rates.  

For  the  three-month  period  and  year  ended  December  31,  2018,  foreign  exchange  derivatives  saw  their  fair  values  increase  by 
$12,000 and $0.3 million, respectively, while in the same quarter last year and in 2017, their fair values increased by $0.1 million and 
$1.2 million, respectively. 

The Company designates, as a hedge of the variable interest rate instruments, the interest rate derivatives. Therefore the effective 
portion of changes in fair value of the derivatives is recognized in other comprehensive income. For the three-month period and year 
ended December 31, 2018, losses of $7.1 million and $3.9 million on change in fair value of interest rate derivatives, respectively, 
were mostly designated as cash flow hedge and recorded to other comprehensive income as a change in the fair value of the cash 
flow hedge ($5.2 million and $2.8 million net of tax, respectively). For the three-month period and year ended December 31, 2017, 
of  the  $2.2  million  and  $5.7  million  gains  on  change  in  fair  value  of  interest  rate  derivatives,  respectively,  $2.3  million  and  $5.4 
million,  respectively  ($1.7  million  and  $3.9  million  net  of  tax,  respectively),  were  designated  as  cash  flow  hedge  and  recorded  to 
other comprehensive income as a change in the fair value of the cash flow hedge. 

Others 

The other financial expenses mainly comprise bank charges and the net change in fair value of the Company’s deferred share unit 
liability. For the three-month period ended December 31, 2018, lower other financial expenses are mainly attributable to the $3.4 
million  decrease  in  the  Company’s  deferred  share  unit  liability’s  fair  value,  while  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2018,  the  fair 
value of the deferred share units liability increased $0.9 million as a result of the Company’s share price fluctuation. 

Income tax expense 

For the quarter ended December 31, 2018, the effective tax rate was 25.8%. The income tax expense of $26.6 million reflects a $1.0 
million favourable variance versus an anticipated income tax expense of $27.6 million based on the Company’s statutory tax rate of 
26.7%.  The  favourable  variance  is  mainly  due  to  positive  differences  between  the  statutory  rate  and  the  effective  rates  in  other 
jurisdictions of $3.6 million. 

For the year ended December 31, 2018, the effective tax rate was 23.6%. The income tax expense of $90.2 million reflects an $11.9 
million favourable variance versus an anticipated income tax expense of $102.1 million based on the Company’s statutory tax rate of 
26.7%.  The  favourable  variance  is  mainly  due  to  positive  differences  between  the  statutory  rate  and  the  effective  rates  in  other 
jurisdictions of $13.1 million. 

2018 Annual Report 

 
8 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 

On December 22, 2017, the President of the United States signed into law the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (“U.S. tax reform”). The U.S. 
tax reform reduced the U.S. federal corporate income tax rate from 35% to 21%, effective as of January 1, 2018. As a result of U.S. 
tax reform, the Company’s net deferred income tax liability decreased by $76.1 million. As a result, an income tax recovery of $76.1 
million was recorded in Q4 2017. 

Net income and adjusted net income 

(unaudited)  

(in thousands of dollars, except per share data) 

Net income 

Amortization of intangible assets related to business acquisitions, 

Fourth quarters ended
December 31 

Years ended 
December 31  

2018 

2017 

2018 

2017 

76,728 

120,192 

291,994 

157,988  

net of tax 

10,992 

10,122 

44,033 

38,346  

Net change in fair value of contingent considerations and accretion 

expense, net of tax 

Net change in fair value of derivatives, net of tax 

Net foreign exchange (gain) loss, net of tax 

Impairment of intangible assets, net of tax 

(Gain) loss on sale of land and buildings and assets held for sale, 

net of tax 

Gain on sale of intangible assets, net of tax 

U.S. tax reform 

Adjusted net income1 

Adjusted EPS – basic1 

Adjusted EPS – diluted1 

(9,292) 

(9) 

1,180 

9,129 

(1,551) 

(915) 

— 

(700) 

(8,928) 

49 

(7) 

— 

424 

— 

(76,135) 

(262) 

461 

(383) 

(1,182) 

1,826  

9,129 

138,438  

(13,900) 

(66,710) 

(915) 

— 

— 

(76,135) 

86,262 

53,945 

321,612 

192,188  

0.99 

0.96 

0.60 

0.59 

3.66 

3.54 

2.12  

2.07  

For the quarter ended December 31, 2018, TFI International’s net income was $76.7 million compared to $120.2 million in Q4 2017. 
The decrease of $43.5 million is mainly attributable to the income tax recovery recorded in Q4 2017 as a result of U.S. tax reform for 
$76.1 million offset by stronger operating income in Q4 2018 compared to the same quarter last year. The Company’s adjusted net 
income1,  a  non-IFRS  measure,  which  excludes  items  listed  in  the  above  table,  was  $86.3  million  this  quarter  compared  to  $53.9 
million in Q4 2017, up a significant 60% or $32.4 million. Fully diluted adjusted EPS increased by 63% to $0.96. 

For the year ended December 31, 2018, net income was $292.0 million compared to $158.0 million in 2017. The increase of $134.0 
million is mainly attributable to stronger operating income and to the impairment of intangible assets of $138.4 million, net of tax, 
recorded in 2017, offset by lower gain on sale of property of $52.8 million, net of tax, recorded in 2018 compared to 2017 and to 
the income tax recovery of $76.1 million recorded in Q4 2017 as a result of U.S. tax reform. The Company’s adjusted net income 
was $321.6 million in 2018 compared to $192.2 million in 2017, up 67% or $129.4 million. Fully diluted adjusted EPS increased by 
71% to $3.54. 

1 

Refer to the section “Non-IFRS financial measures”. 

TFI International 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

9 

SEGMENTED RESULTS 

To  facilitate  the  comparison  of  business  level  activity  and  operating  costs  between  periods,  the  Company  compares  the  revenue 
before  fuel  surcharge  (“revenue”)  and  reallocates  the  fuel  surcharge  revenue  to  materials  and  services  expenses  within  operating 
expenses. Note that “Total revenue” is not affected by this reallocation. 

Selected segmented financial information 

(unaudited) 

Package and

Less-Than-

Logistics and

(in thousands of dollars) 

Courier

Truckload

Truckload

Last Mile

Corporate

Eliminations

Total 

Q4 2018 

Revenue before fuel surcharge1 

177,323 

231,994 

528,164 

235,590 

— 

(10,792) 

  1,162,279  

% of total revenue2 

Adjusted EBITDA 

Adjusted EBITDA margin3 

Operating income (loss) 

Operating margin3 

Net capital expenditures4, 5 

Q4 2017* 

15% 

36,521 

20.6% 

34,409 

19.4% 

8,342 

20% 

32,209 

13.9% 

23,461 

10.1% 

5,197 

46% 

99,376 

18.8% 

52,282 

9.9% 

55,469 

19% 

100% 

21,555 

(9,007) 

— 

180,654  

9.1% 

2,851 

1.2% 

365 

(9,720) 

— 

103,283  

15.5% 

558 

8.9% 

69,931 

Revenue before fuel surcharge1 

162,041 

204,136 

480,951 

234,975 

— 

(12,424) 

  1,069,679  

% of total revenue2 

Adjusted EBITDA 

Adjusted EBITDA margin3 

Operating income (loss) 

Operating margin3 

Net capital expenditures4, 6 

YTD 2018 

15% 

31,194 

19.3% 

28,144 

17.4% 

(14,569) 

20% 

22,262 

10.9% 

13,221 

6.5% 

3,694 

45% 

68,695 

14.3% 

22,813 

4.7% 

24,510 

20% 

100% 

20,509 

(11,643) 

— 

131,017  

8.7% 

14,098 

(12,200) 

— 

6.0% 

(17) 

98 

12.2% 

66,076  

6.2% 

13,716 

Revenue before fuel surcharge1 

633,046 

902,320 

2,064,588 

953,727 

— 

(45,484) 

  4,508,197  

% of total revenue2 

Adjusted EBITDA 

Adjusted EBITDA margin3 

Operating income (loss) 

Operating margin3 

14% 

21% 

46% 

19% 

100% 

125,197 

117,006 

380,707 

91,348 

(27,975) 

— 

686,283  

19.8% 

113,214 

17.9% 

13.0% 

85,132 

9.4% 

18.4% 

207,723 

10.1% 

5.7% 

9.6% 

15.2% 

54,492 

(30,037) 

— 

430,524  

Total assets less intangible assets 

151,579 

380,715 

1,418,743 

135,374 

62,054 

Net capital expenditures4, 5 

17,770 

14,593 

169,059 

2,118 

256 

YTD 2017* 

Revenue before fuel surcharge1 

611,359 

877,489 

1,974,098 

965,526 

— 

(49,487) 

  4,378,985  

% of total revenue2 

Adjusted EBITDA 

Adjusted EBITDA margin3 

Operating income (loss) 

Operating margin3 

14% 

107,982 

17.7% 

20% 

85,659 

9.8% 

45% 

275,506 

14.0% 

21% 

100% 

79,001 

(33,667) 

— 

514,481  

8.2% 

11.7% 

102,281 

122,181 

(51,705) 

41,579 

(35,915) 

— 

178,421  

16.7% 

13.9% 

-2.6% 

4.3% 

Total assets less intangible assets 

136,653 

321,140 

1,243,722 

130,325 

63,514 

Net capital expenditures4, 6 

(8,147) 

(139,769) 

142,060 

1,199 

771 

(*) 

Recasted for changes in composition of reportable segments (see note 4 of the audited consolidated financial statements) and changes in presentation (see note 3 of 
the audited consolidated financial statements). 

1 
2 
3 
4 
5 

6 

Includes intersegment revenue. 
Segment revenue including fuel and intersegment revenue to consolidated revenue including fuel and intersegment revenue. 
As a percentage of revenue before fuel surcharge. 
Additions to property and equipment, net of proceeds from sale of property and equipment and assets held for sale. 
YTD 2018 net capital expenditures include proceeds from the sale of property for consideration of $6.1 million in the LTL segment ($1.6 million in Q4), of $24.3 
million in the TL segment ($2.5 million in Q4) and of $0.8 million in the corporate segment (nil in Q4). 
YTD 2017 net capital expenditures include proceeds from the sale of property for consideration of $19.5 million in the Package and Courier segment ($19.5 million in 
Q4), of $148.9 million in the LTL segment ($0.5 million in Q4) and of $8.0 million in the TL segment ($0.5 million in Q4). 

2018 Annual Report 

9.5% 

  2,148,465 

203,796 

4.1% 

  1,895,354 

(3,886) 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 

When  the  Company  changes  the  structure  of  its  internal  organization  in  a  manner  that  causes  the  composition  of  its  reportable 
segments  to  change,  the  corresponding  information  for  the  comparative  period  is  recasted  to  conform  to  the  new  structure. 
Effective  January  1,  2018,  the  composition  of  reportable  segments  was  modified  to  better  reflect  the  nature  of  the  Company’s 
operations. In particular, the Same-Day / Last Mile delivery operating companies, which were previously included in the Package and 
Courier operating segment, and the Logistics operating companies became part of a new segment named Logistics and Last Mile. 
Also,  two  Logistics  operations,  TLS  Trailer Leasing  Services  and  Centre  Mécanique  Henri-Bourassa,  moved  respectively  into  the  LTL 
and the TL segments to which they primarily render services. Comparative figures have been recasted. 

Package and Courier 

(unaudited) – (in thousands of dollars)   

Fourth quarters ended December 31 

Years ended December 31 

Total revenue 

Fuel surcharge 

Revenue 

Materials and services expenses 

2018 

% 

2017* 

% 

2018 

% 

2017* 

% 

  204,428   

    182,010   

(27,105)  

(19,969)   

  728,556   

(95,510)   

  681,406   

(70,047)   

  177,323    100.0%    162,041    100.0% 

  633,046    100.0% 

  611,359    100.0% 

(net of fuel surcharge) 

  76,509    43.1%   

70,609    43.6% 

  266,301    42.1% 

  262,720    43.0% 

Personnel expenses 

  50,083    28.2%   

46,747    28.8% 

  186,281    29.4% 

  186,349    30.5% 

Other operating expenses 

  14,235   

8.0%   

13,541   

8.4% 

  55,359   

8.7% 

  54,519   

8.9% 

Depreciation of property and 

equipment 

3,055   

1.7%   

3,337   

2.1% 

  11,870   

1.9% 

  13,811   

2.3% 

Amortization of intangible assets 

306   

0.2%   

395   

0.2% 

1,362   

0.2% 

1,728   

0.3% 

Gain on sale of rolling stock and 

equipment 

(25)  

-0.0%   

(50)   

-0.0% 

(92)   

-0.0% 

(211)   

-0.0% 

Gain on sale of land and buildings 

and assets held for sale 

—   

—   

(682)   

-0.4% 

—   

— 

(9,838)   

-1.6% 

Gain on sale of intangible assets 

(1,249)  

-0.7%   

—   

— 

(1,249)   

-0.2% 

—   

— 

Operating income 

Adjusted EBITDA 

  34,409    19.4%   

28,144    17.4% 

  113,214    17.9% 

  102,281    16.7% 

  36,521    20.6%   

31,194    19.3% 

  125,197    19.8% 

  107,982    17.7% 

(*) 

Recasted for changes in composition of reportable segments (see note 4 of the audited consolidated financial statements) and changes in presentation (see note 3 of 

the audited consolidated financial statements). 

Revenue 

For  the  quarter  ended  December  31,  2018,  revenue  increased  by  $15.3  million,  or  9%,  from  $162.0  million  in  2017  to  $177.3 
million in 2018. This increase is attributable to an 11% increase in revenue per pound (excluding fuel surcharge) partially offset by a 
1% decrease in tonnage. The decrease in tonnage was the result of a 7% decrease in weight per shipments offset by a 6% increase 
in number of shipments. Those two variations are directly related to the Canada Post strike that took place in the first two months of 
the fourth quarter of 2018. 

For the year ended December 31, 2018, revenue increased by $21.6 million, or 4%, from $611.4 million to $633.0 million. 

Operating expenses 

For the quarter ended December 31, 2018, materials and services expenses, net of fuel surcharge revenue, increased $5.9 million or 
8% mostly due to an increase in sub-contractor and external labor costs required to handle the additional volume brought by the 
Canada  Post  strike  and  its  aftermath.  Personnel  expenses  also  increased  $3.3  million  or  7%  to  handle  additional  volume  but  as  a 
percentage of revenue, it decreased 0.6 percentage points year over year, from 28.8% in 2017 to 28.2% in 2018. Other operating 
expense as a percentage of revenue also decreased from 8.4% in 2017 to 8.0% in 2018. 

For the year ended December 31, 2018, materials and services expenses, net of fuel surcharge revenue, increased $3.6 million or 1% 
due to increased external labor costs, mostly to handle the additional volume in the last months of the year. Personnel expenses as a 
percentage of revenue decreased from 30.5% in 2017 to 29.4% in 2018. This reduction is mostly due to a $3.2 million decrease in 
employee termination costs year over year and the gains resulting from this restructuring. Other operating expenses as a percentage 
of revenue slightly decreased from 8.9% in 2017 to 8.7% in 2018. Depreciation of property and equipment decreased $1.9 million 
year over year due to full amortization of conveyors and other sorting equipment. 

TFI International 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

11 

Gain on sale of intangible assets 

In the quarter ended December 31, 2018, the Company transferred several customer relationships located in a low-density region for 
a consideration of $3.0 million, generating a gain of $1.2 million. 

Operating income 

Operating  income  for  the  fourth  quarter  ended  December  31,  2018  increased  by  22%  or  $6.3  million  compared  to  the  fourth 
quarter of 2017. The increase is attributable to increased volume, improvement in cost management and route optimization. For the 
quarter ended December 31, 2018, the operating margin improved 2.0 percentage points, from 17.4% in 2017 to 19.4% in 2018. 

For the year ended December 31, 2018, operating income increased $10.9 million to $113.2 million. The operating margin improved 
1.2 percentage points, from 16.7% in 2017 to 17.9% in 2018. 

Less-Than-Truckload 

(unaudited) – (in thousands of dollars)   

Fourth quarters ended December 31 

Years ended December 31 

Total revenue 

Fuel surcharge 

Revenue 

Materials and services expenses 

2018  

% 

2017* 

% 

2018  

% 

2017* 

% 

  272,212   

    234,696   

    1,057,396    

    994,777   

(40,218)  

(30,560)  

(155,076 )  

    (117,288)  

  231,994    100.0%    204,136    100.0%   

902,320     100.0%    877,489    100.0% 

(net of fuel surcharge) 

  120,153   

51.8%    109,384    53.6%   

478,169     53.0%    490,313    55.9% 

Personnel expenses 

59,272   

25.5%    52,127    25.5%   

227,502     25.2%    225,745    25.7% 

Other operating expenses 

20,770   

9.0%    20,853    10.2%   

80,505    

8.9%   

76,260   

8.7% 

Depreciation of property and 

equipment 

6,252   

2.7%   

5,208   

2.6%   

23,656    

2.6%   

21,663   

2.5% 

Amortization of intangible assets 

2,750   

1.2%   

2,478   

1.2%   

10,792    

1.2%   

9,691   

1.1% 

Gain on sale of rolling stock and 

equipment 

(410)  

-0.2%   

(490)  

-0.2%   

(862 )  

-0.1%   

(488)  

-0.1% 

(Gain) loss on sale of land and 

buildings and assets held for sale  

(254)  

-0.1%   

1,355   

0.7%   

(2,574 )  

-0.3%   

(67,876)  

-7.7% 

Operating income 

Adjusted EBITDA 

23,461   

10.1%    13,221   

6.5%   

85,132    

9.4%    122,181    13.9% 

32,209   

13.9%    22,262    10.9%   

117,006     13.0%   

85,659   

9.8% 

(*) 

Recasted for changes in composition of reportable segments (see note 4 of the audited consolidated financial statements) and changes in presentation (see note 3 of 
the audited consolidated financial statements)  

Operational data 

(unaudited) 

Fourth quarters ended December 31  

Years ended December 31 

2018 

2017  Variance 

% 

2018 

2017  Variance   

%  

Adjusted operating ratio 

90.0% 

92.9% 

90.9% 

93.8% 

Revenue per hundredweight 

(including fuel) 

$ 16.18  $ 13.11 

$ 3.07   

23.4% 

$ 14.90  $ 13.27 

$ 1.63    12.3%  

Revenue per hundredweight 

(excluding fuel) 

$ 13.79  $ 11.40 

$ 2.39   

21.0% 

$ 12.71  $ 11.70 

$ 1.01   

8.6%  

Revenue per shipment  

(including fuel) 

Tonnage (in thousands of tons) 

Shipments (in thousands) 

Average weight per shipment  

$ 324.84  $ 254.55 

$ 70.29   

27.6% 

$ 305.69  $ 254.87 

$ 50.82    19.9%  

841 

838 

895 

922 

(54)   

-6.0% 

(84)   

-9.1% 

3,548 

3,459 

3,747 

3,903 

(199)  

-5.3%  

(444)  

-11.4%  

(in lbs) 

2,007 

1,941 

66   

3.4% 

2,051 

1,920 

131   

6.8%  

Average length of haul (in miles) 

Vehicle count, average 

831 

1,020 

839 

838 

(8)   

-1.0% 

182   

21.7% 

828 

992 

788 

898 

40   

5.1%  

94    10.5%  

Revenue per week per vehicle (incl. 
fuel, in thousands of dollars) 

$ 20.53  $ 21.54 

$ (1.01)   

-4.7% 

$ 20.50  $ 21.30 

$ (0.80)  

-3.8%  

2018 Annual Report 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
12  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 

On  April  3,  2018,  the  Company  acquired  Normandin.  Normandin  provides  LTL  &  TL  freight  shipments  to  and  from  U.S.  and 
Canadian destinations and its results are included in the LTL segment. 

Revenue 

For the quarter ended December 31, 2018, revenue was $232.0 million, an increase of $27.9 million, or 14% when compared to the 
same  period  in  2017.  This  increase  is  mainly  due  to  the  Normandin  acquisition.  Excluding  the  Normandin  acquisition,  revenue 
increased by 3% or $5.7 million mainly due to a 32% increase in revenue per hundredweight (excluding fuel) partially offset by a 
21% decrease in tonnage. The decrease in tonnage before acquisition was the result of a 12% decrease in shipments combined with 
a  10%  decrease  in  weight  per  shipment.  That  volume  decrease  was  mostly  due  to  the  termination  of  unprofitable  domestic 
Canadian shipments in our over-the-road and intermodal operations. For the quarter ended December 31, 2018, the LTL segment 
improved its yield as reflected by the 23.4% increase in revenue per hundredweight that went from $13.11 in Q4 2017 to $16.18 in 
Q4 2018. 

For the year ended December 31, 2018, revenue increased $24.8 million or 3% to $902.3 million. Excluding acquisitions, revenue 
decreased 5% or $45.5 million. 

Operating expenses 

For the quarter ended December 31, 2018, materials and services expenses, net of fuel surcharge revenue, increased $10.8 million, 
or  10%,  mostly  due  to  an  increase  in  sub-contractor  cost  and  rolling  stock  maintenance  and  repair  cost.  Personnel  expenses  as  a 
percentage  of  revenue  remained  stable  at  25.5%  as  an  increase  in  operation  salaries  was  totally  offset  by  a  reduction  in 
administration salaries. Other operating expenses decreased $0.1 million in the fourth quarter of 2018. Depreciation of property and 
equipment as a percentage of revenue increased from 2.6% in the fourth quarter of 2017 to 2.7% in the fourth quarter of 2018, 
attributable  to  the  Normandin  acquisition.  The  increase  in  amortization  of  intangible  assets  was  also  related  to  the  Normandin 
acquisition. 

For the year ended December 31, 2018, material and service expenses, net of fuel surcharge, decreased $12.1 million, or 2%, due to 
a reduction in subcontractor costs partially offset by an increase in rolling stock maintenance and repair costs. Personnel expenses as 
a percentage of revenue decreased from 25.7% in 2017 to  25.2% in  2018, mostly due to administrative salary reductions. Other 
operating expenses as a percentage of revenue increased from 8.7% in 2017 to 8.9% in 2018, all attributable to real estate costs. 
This increase in real estate costs was mostly caused by additional rent that the LTL segment incurred following a sale-and-leaseback 
transaction of 3 properties that occurred in October of 2017 and higher building repair and maintenance expenses. Depreciation of 
property  and  equipment  as  a  percentage  of  revenue  slightly  increased  from  2.5%  in  2017  to  2.6%  in  2018  and  amortization  of 
intangible assets also increased by 0.1 percentage points. Both increases are related to the Normandin acquisition. 

Gain on sale of land and buildings and assets held for sale  

For  the  quarter  ended  December  31,  2018,  a  $0.1  million  loss  on  sale  of  assets  held  for  sale  was  recorded  in  the  LTL  segment 
following the sale of one property for a consideration of $0.4 million and a gain of $0.3 million on sale of land and buildings was 
recorded following the sale of another property. 

For the year ended December 31, 2018, a $2.3 million gain on sale of assets held for sale was recorded following the sale of four 
properties for a total consideration of $4.9 million. 

Operating income 

Operating income for the fourth quarter ended December 31, 2018 increased $10.2 million, or 77% when compared to the same 
period  in  2017.  Although  volume  decreased  year-over-year,  operating  income  was  favorably  impacted  in  2018  by  tight  asset 
management,  cost  optimisation,  a  focus  on  more  profitable  freight,  and  continued  improvements  in  route  density  as  well  as  the 
Normandin acquisition. The fourth quarter of 2018 adjusted operating ratio was 90.0%, a 2.9 percentage points improvement when 
compared to 92.9% in the same period in 2017. 

For the year ended December 31, 2018, operating income decreased $37.0 million to $85.1 million, primarily due to a gain of $67.9 
million in 2017 on sale of land and buildings and assets held for sale. The adjusted operating ratio improved 2.9 percentage points, 
from 93.8% in 2017 to 90.9% in 2018. 

TFI International 

 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

13 

Truckload 

(unaudited) – (in thousands of dollars)   

Fourth quarters ended December 31 

Years ended December 31 

Total revenue 

Fuel surcharge 

Revenue 

Materials and services expenses 

2018 

% 

2017* 

% 

2018 

% 

2017* 

% 

  610,161   

    546,251   

    2,388,865   

    2,218,207    

(81,997)   

(65,300)  

(324,277)  

(244,109 )  

  528,164    100.0%    480,951    100.0%    2,064,588    100.0%    1,974,098     100.0% 

(net of fuel surcharge) 

  236,226    44.7%    241,647    50.2%   

956,913    46.3%   

998,863    

50.6% 

Personnel expenses 

  177,024    33.5%    152,108    31.6%   

665,143    32.2%   

634,726    

32.2% 

Other operating expenses 

  19,738   

3.7%    17,322   

3.6%   

71,621   

3.5%   

66,878    

3.4% 

Depreciation of property and 

equipment 

  41,926   

7.9%    38,589   

8.0%   

158,708   

7.7%   

168,846    

8.6% 

Amortization of intangible assets 

6,728   

1.3%   

7,275   

1.5%   

27,464   

1.3%   

28,674    

1.5% 

Impairment of intangible assets 

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

129,770    

6.6% 

(Gain) loss on sale of rolling stock 

and equipment 

(4,200)   

-0.8%   

1,179   

0.2%   

(9,796)  

-0.5%   

(1,875 )  

-0.1% 

(Gain) loss on sale of land and 

buildings and assets held for sale  

(1,560)   

-0.3%   

18   

0.0%   

(13,188)  

-0.6%   

(79 )  

-0.0% 

Operating income 

Adjusted EBITDA 

  52,282   

9.9%    22,813   

4.7%   

207,723    10.1%   

(51,705 )  

-2.6% 

  99,376    18.8%    68,695    14.3%   

380,707    18.4%   

275,506    

14.0% 

(*) 

Recasted for changes in composition of reportable segments (see note 4 of the audited consolidated financial statements) and changes in presentation (see note 3 of 

the audited consolidated financial statements). 

2018 Annual Report 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
    
 
14  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 

Operational data 

(unaudited) – (all Canadian dollars 

unless otherwise specified) 

U.S. based Conventional TL 

Revenue (in thousands of U.S. 

Fourth quarters ended December 31 

Years ended December 31 

2018 

2017   Variance 

% 

2018 

2017 

Variance 

% 

dollars) 

  168,451    164,500    

3,951   

2.4%   

678,983    681,832   

(2,849)  

-0.4% 

Adjusted operating ratio 

93.3%    100.0%    

94.6%    102.9%   

Total mileage (in thousands) 

90,658    99,340    

(8,682)  

-8.7%   

381,195    423,232   

(42,037)  

-9.9% 

Tractor count, average 

Trailer count, average 

Tractor age 

Trailer age 

Number of owner operators, 

average 

Canadian based Conventional TL 

Revenue (in thousands of 

dollars) 

3,053   

3,115    

(62)  

-2.0%   

3,083   

3,462   

(379)  

-10.9% 

11,180    11,360    

(180)  

-1.6%   

11,199    11,331   

(132)  

-1.2% 

2.0   

6.8   

2.4    

6.4    

(0.4)  

-16.7%   

0.4   

6.2%   

2.0   

6.8   

2.4   

6.4   

(0.4)  

-16.7% 

0.4   

6.2% 

408   

548    

(140)  

-25.5%   

457   

618   

(161)  

-26.0% 

79,017    74,398    

4,619   

6.2%   

313,305    303,613   

9,692   

3.2% 

Adjusted operating ratio 

85.9%   

92.0%    

87.0%   

92.4%   

Total mileage (in thousands) 

26,019    27,427    

(1,408)  

-5.1%   

106,167    118,852   

(12,685)  

-10.7% 

Tractor count, average 

Trailer count, average 

Tractor age 

Trailer age 

Number of owner operators, 

average 

Specialized TL 

Revenue (in thousands of 

dollars) 

708   

731    

(23)  

-3.1%   

712   

758   

3,043   

3,072    

(29)  

-0.9%   

3,088   

3,125   

2.7   

5.5   

2.9    

5.2    

(0.2)  

-6.9%   

0.3   

5.8%   

2.7   

5.5   

2.9   

5.2   

(46)  

(37)  

-6.1% 

-1.2% 

(0.2)  

-6.9% 

0.3   

5.8% 

363   

370    

(7)  

-1.9%   

367   

420   

(53)  

-12.6% 

  227,438    198,098     29,340   

14.8%   

877,463    788,186   

89,277   

11.3% 

Adjusted operating ratio 

89.2%   

91.5%    

87.9%   

89.8%   

Tractor count, average 

Trailer count, average 

Tractor age 

Trailer age 

Number of owner operators, 

average 

1,546   

1,346    

200   

14.9%   

1,450   

1,321   

4,693   

4,663    

30   

0.6%   

4,653   

4,599   

3.5   

9.7   

3.5    

10.7    

0.0   

0.0%   

(1.0)  

-9.3%   

3.5   

9.7   

3.5   

10.7   

129   

55   

0.0   

9.8% 

1.2% 

0.0% 

(1.0)  

-9.3% 

1,102   

1,242    

(140)  

-11.3%   

1,085   

1,192   

(107)  

-9.0% 

On  May  1,  2018,  TFI  International  completed  the  acquisition  of  Brasseur.  Based  in  Québec,  Brasseur  specializes  in  liquid  bulk 
transportation across Canada and the U.S.  

On July 1, 2018, TFI International completed the acquisition of Timeline. Based in Saskatchewan, Timeline provides specialized long-
distance  truckload  transportation  services  across  North  America,  primarily  serving  the  oil  and  gas,  forestry  products,  and 
manufactured products industries. 

On  October  1,  2018,  TFI  International  acquired  GBT.  Based  in  Ontario,  GBT  has  been  in  business  for  more  than  60  years  and 
specializes in the tank truck transportation of liquid and dry bulk commodities. 

On  November  1,  2018,  TFI  International  acquired  Double-D.  Based  in  Ontario,  Double-D  has  been  in  business  since  1991  and 
specializes in transporting over-sized and over-dimensional freight between Canada and the U.S. 

On  November  21,  2018,  TFI  International  acquired  SAF.  Based  in  Québec,  SAF  was  founded  in  1994  and  offers  specialized 
transportation and storage services. 

TFI International 

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
    
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
    
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
    
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
    
   
   
   
   
   
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

15 

On December 1, 2018, TFI International acquired Beaumont. Based in Québec, Beaumont was founded in 1987 and specializes in the 
bulk transport of a variety of products ranging from fertilizer to hydro sulfate. 

On  December  4,  2018,  TFI  International  acquired  certain  assets  of  Hughson.  Based  in  Alberta,  Hughson  offers  transportation 
solutions to the oil and gas, forestry and lumber, agriculture, mining, construction, and food processing industries. 

On  December  14,  2018,  TFI  International  acquired  certain  assets  of  Cole.  Based  in  Ontario,  Cole  provides  a  complete  integrated 
supply chain management system specializing in handling and transportation for the steel, aluminum and automotive industries. 

Revenue 

For  the  quarter  ended  December  31,  2018,  TL  revenue  increased  by  $47.2  million  or  10%,  from  $481.0  million  in  Q4  2017  to 
$528.2  million.  Business  acquisitions  contributed  $25.8  million  to  the  TL  segment  and  $12.1  million  of  the  increase  is  due  to 
favourable currency fluctuations, implying $9.3 million or 2% organic growth within the TL segment mainly due to improved pricing. 
In fact, while revenue increased compared to the same quarter last year, mileage decreased which indicates a strong improvement in 
revenue per mile along with better management of the existing trucking network. Average revenue per total mile for conventional TL 
operations increased 4% in the U.S. and 12% in Canada compared to Q4 2017. 

As  part  of  its  asset-light  strategy,  the  TL  segment  increased  its  brokerage  revenue  by  15%,  or  $9.2  million,  to  $69.5  million 
compared to the same quarter last year. 

For the year ended December 31, 2018, TL revenue increased by $90.5 million or 5% from $1,974.1 million in 2017 to $2,064.6 
million. This increase is due to recent business acquisitions which contributed $63.8 million while unfavourable currency fluctuations 
reduced  revenue  by  $2.8  million.  This  resulted  in  organic  growth  of  $29.5  million  or  2%  explained  mainly  by  higher  revenue  per 
mile. On the brokerage side, revenue increased by 23% or $52.2 million while margins were steady. 

Operating expenses 

For the quarter ended December 31, 2018, operating expenses, net of fuel surcharge, increased by $17.7 million or 4% from $458.1 
million  in  Q4  2017  to  $475.9  million  in  Q4  2018.  The  TL  segment  continues  to  improve  its  cost  structure  and  increase  the 
productivity  of  its  assets.  The  decline  in  miles  positively  impacted  equipment  operation  costs.  Personnel  expenses  increased  by  1.9 
percentage  points  of  revenue  mainly  attributable  to  adjustments  to  driver  compensation  to  improve  retention  and  attract  new 
drivers. Driver pay and retention remain challenging throughout the trucking industry and the Company is focused on cost effective 
methods  of  recruiting  and  retaining  drivers.  Although  cost  and  efficiency  improvements  were  seen  this  quarter,  the  Company 
continues to focus on being cost-conscious and its priority remains to improve the efficiency and profitability of its existing fleet and 
network of independent contractors. 

For the year ended December 31, 2018, TL operating expenses, net of fuel surcharge, decreased by $168.9 million or 8% which is 
attributable primarily to the $129.8 million goodwill impairment in the U.S. TL operating segment recorded in the second quarter of 
last year and to reduced miles. 

Impairment of intangible assets 

In 2017, impairment of intangible assets of $129.8 million was related to a goodwill impairment in the U.S. TL operating segment 
recorded in the second quarter. 

Gain on sale of land and buildings and assets held for sale 

For the quarter ended December 31, 2018, the Company disposed of a property for a total consideration of $2.5 million, creating a 
gain of $1.6 million. 

For the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company disposed of nine properties generating $13.2 million in gains while adding 
$24.3 million of cash inflows. 

Operating income 

The Company’s operating income in the TL segment for the quarter ended December 31, 2018 reached $52.3 million from $22.8 
million  in  the  prior  year  period,  which  represents  an  increase  of  129%,  mainly  due  to  higher  revenue  per mile,  lower  costs,  more 
miles per tractor, and a more efficient truckload freight network. Initiatives aimed at equipment cost reductions have continued to 
yield  positive  results  including  lower  repairs  and  maintenance  costs  due  to  a  newer  fleet.  Operating  margin  increased  to  9.9% 
compared to 4.7% in 2017. Individually, each TL operating segment was able to significantly improve its adjusted operating ratio. 

For the year ended December 31, 2018, the TL segment increased its operating income by $259.4 million from an operating loss of 
$51.7  million  in  2017  to  operating  income  of  $207.7  million  as  a  result  of  better  performance,  a  $13.2  million  gain  on  sale  of 
property and a $129.8 million goodwill impairment recorded in the second quarter of 2017. 

2018 Annual Report 

 
16  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 

Logistics and Last Mile  

(unaudited) – (in thousands of dollars)   

Fourth quarters ended December 31  

Years ended December 31 

Total revenue 

Fuel surcharge 

Revenue 

Materials and services expenses 

2018 

% 

2017* 

% 

2018 

% 

2017*  

% 

  246,990   

     243,694   

    1,000,186   

    996,633    

(11,400)   

(8,719)  

(46,459)  

(31,107 )   

  235,590    100.0%     234,975    100.0%   

953,727    100.0%    965,526     100.0% 

(net of fuel surcharge) 

  165,484   

70.2%     161,947   

68.9%   

661,796    69.4%    678,815    

70.3% 

Personnel expenses 

  31,549   

13.4%    

34,734   

14.8%   

134,000    14.1%    141,548    

14.7% 

Other operating expenses 

  17,034   

7.2%    

17,856   

7.6%   

66,736   

7.0%   

66,398    

6.9% 

Depreciation of property and 

equipment 

774   

0.3%    

853   

0.4%   

2,969   

0.3%   

3,873    

Amortization of intangible assets 

5,348   

2.3%    

5,555   

2.4%   

21,298   

2.2%   

20,223    

Impairment of intangible assets 

  12,559   

5.3%    

—   

—   

12,559   

1.3%   

13,211    

0.4% 

2.1% 

1.4% 

(Gain) loss on sale of rolling stock 

and equipment 

(32)   

-0.0%    

(71)  

-0.0%   

(153)  

-0.0%   

(236 )   

-0.0% 

(Gain) loss on sale of land and 
buildings and assets held for 
sale 

Operating income 

Adjusted EBITDA 

23   

0.0%    

3   

0.0%   

30   

0.0%   

115    

0.0% 

2,851   

1.2%    

14,098   

6.0%   

54,492   

5.7%   

41,579    

  21,555   

9.1%    

20,509   

8.7%   

91,348   

9.6%   

79,001    

4.3% 

8.2% 

(*) 

Recasted for changes in composition of reportable segments (see note 4 of the audited consolidated financial statements) and changes in presentation (see note 3 of 

the audited consolidated financial statements). 

Revenue 

For the quarter ended December 31, 2018, revenue for the Logistics and Last Mile segment remained relatively constant at $235.6 
million relative  to $235.0 million the prior year period. Excluding business acquisitions, revenue decreased by 1%, or $3.0 million, 
mainly attributable to lower volumes, non-recurring business in the prior year period of $9.0 million and a positive foreign exchange 
impact of $6.0 million. Approximately 60% of the new Logistics and Last  Mile segment’s revenues in the quarter were generated 
from operations in the U.S. and Mexico and approximately 40% were generated from operations in Canada. 

For the year ended December 31, 2018, revenue decreased by 1% or $11.8 million year-over-year, from $965.5 million to $953.7 
million. Excluding business acquisitions, revenue decreased by 5%, or $47.7 million. 

Operating expenses 

For  the  quarter  ended  December  31,  2018,  operating  expenses increased  by  $11.9  million  to  $232.7  million  compared  to  $220.9 
million  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  2017.  The  increase  is  mostly  attributable  to  the  impairment  of  intangible  assets  of  $12.6  million. 
Materials  and  services  expenses,  net  of  fuel  surcharge,  representing  70.2%  of  revenue,  increased  by  $3.5  million  while  personnel 
expenses decreased by $3.2 million, resulting in an overall improvement of 0.1 percentage points of revenue. 

For  the  year  ended  December  31,  2018,  operating  expenses  decreased  by  3%  or  $24.7  million  compared  to  2017,  from  $923.9 
million to $899.2 million. This decrease was mostly attributable to lower materials and services expenses, net of fuel surcharge, both 
in absolute terms and as a percentage of revenue. 

Impairment of intangible assets 

In the quarter ended December 31, 2018, the Company recorded an impairment charge of $12.6 million on a customer relationship 
intangible asset related to a 2017 business acquisition  in the Logistics and  Last Mile segment. The difficulties to retain and recruit 
qualified subcontractors and the inability to successfully increase the revenue impacted the current and expected future  cash flow 
from  that  company.  Accordingly,  the  contingent  consideration  recorded  in  the  original  purchase  price  allocation  of  that  business 
acquisition was completely reversed as management determined that required minimum earning levels in future periods would not 
be reached. The resulting $13.0 million gain was presented as a change in fair value of contingent considerations in finance income 
and costs. 

TFI International 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
    
   
   
   
   
    
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

17 

In 2017, impairment of intangible assets of $13.2 million was related to an impairment of the Dynamex trade name recorded in the 
first quarter. 

Operating income 

Operating  income  in  the  Logistics  and  Last  Mile  segment  for  the  quarter  ended  December  31,  2018  decreased  $11.2  million 
compared  to  the  fourth  quarter  of  2017,  from  $14.1  million  to  $2.9  million  as  a  result  of  the  impairment.  Excluding  the  $12.6 
million impairment, operating income increased 9% to $15.4 million with the operating margin increasing 0.5 percentage points to 
6.5%, as a result of higher quality of revenue and cost efficiency measures. 

For the year ended December 31, 2018, operating income increased 31% or $12.9 million compared to 2017, from $41.6 million to 
$54.5 million. The Logistics and Last Mile segment’s operating margin increased 1.4 percentage points to reach 5.7%. 

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES 

Sources and uses of cash 

(unaudited) 

(in thousands of dollars) 

Sources of cash: 

Fourth quarters ended
December 31 

Years ended 
December 31  

2018 

2017 

2018 

2017 

Net cash from operating activities from continuing operations 

173,848 

116,148 

543,503 

372,601  

Proceeds from sale of property and equipment 

Proceeds from sale of assets held for sale 

Net variance in cash and bank indebtedness 

Net proceeds from long-term debt 

Others 

Total sources 

Uses of cash: 

Purchases of property and equipment 

Business combinations, net of cash acquired 

Net variance in cash and bank indebtedness 

Net repayment of long-term debt 

Dividends paid 

Repurchase of own shares 

Net cash used in discontinued operations 

Others 

Total usage 

25,461 

2,782 

— 

79,514 

3,029 

20,833 

19,140 

— 

— 

3,055 

81,051 

29,226 

3,237 

21,727 

19,874 

88,773  

174,779  

13,046  

— 

14,148  

284,634 

159,176 

698,618 

663,347  

113,004 

81,375 

258 

— 

18,475 

61,891 

— 

9,631 

66,142 

30,021 

7,857 

1,147 

17,086 

30,580 

— 

6,343 

314,300 

156,487 

259,140  

118,288  

— 

— 

74,096 

139,622 

— 

14,113 

— 

74,648  

69,016  

81,565  

52,424  

8,266  

284,634 

159,176 

698,618 

663,347  

Cash flow from operating activities from continuing operations 

For the year ended December 31, 2018, net cash from operating activities from continuing operations significantly increased by 46% 
from $372.6 million in 2017 to $543.5 million. This $170.9 million increase is mainly attributable to higher cash flow from operating 
activities from continuing operations before net change in non-cash operating working capital of $146.6 million. The net change in 
non-cash operating working capital was positive $12.6 million in 2018, compared to negative $11.6 million in 2017. 

Cash flow from operating activities from discontinued operations 

For the year ended December 31, 2017, discontinued operations had negative cash flow of $52.4 million mainly attributable to the 
balance of income tax due on the gain on the sale of the Waste group, realized in February 2016, which was paid in January 2017. 

2018 Annual Report 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
18  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 

Cash flow used in investing activities 

Property and equipment 

The  following  table  presents  the  additions  of  property  and  equipment  by  category  for  the  three-month  periods  and  years  ended 
December 31, 2018 and 2017. 

(unaudited) 

(in thousands of dollars) 

Additions to property and equipment: 

Fourth quarters ended
December 31 

Years ended 
December 31  

2018 

2017 

2018 

2017 

Purchases as stated on cash flow statements 

113,004 

66,142 

314,300 

259,140  

Non-cash adjustments 

Additions by category: 

Land and buildings 

Rolling stock 

Equipment 

(14,830) 

(12,453) 

(227) 

526  

98,174 

53,689 

314,073 

259,666  

3,625 

91,520 

3,029 

98,174 

2,249 

48,716 

2,724 

53,689 

15,412 

8,126  

284,459 

238,812  

14,202 

12,728  

314,073 

259,666  

The  Company  invests  in  new  equipment  to  maintain  its  quality  of  service  while  minimizing  maintenance  costs.  Its  capital 
expenditures reflect the level of reinvestment required to keep its equipment in good order and to maintain a strategic allocation of 
its capital resources. 

In the second half of 2018, rolling stock additions exceeded those of the prior year. This increase is largely due to that fact that since 
June of this year, we have been replacing leased tractors in Canada with purchased tractors. 

In the normal course of activities, the Company constantly renews its rolling stock equipment generating regular proceeds and gain 
or loss on disposition. The following table indicates the proceeds and gains or losses from sale of property and equipment and assets 
held for sale by category for the three-month periods and years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017. 

(unaudited) 

(in thousands of dollars) 

Proceeds by category: 

Land and buildings 

Rolling stock 

Equipment 

Gains (losses) by category: 

Land and buildings 

Rolling stock 

Equipment 

Fourth quarters ended
December 31 

Years ended 
December 31  

2018 

2017 

2018 

2017 

4,121 

24,095 

27 

20,520 

19,409 

44 

31,153 

79,049 

75 

176,359  

87,107  

86  

28,243 

39,973 

110,277 

263,552  

1,791 

4,707 

(40) 

6,458 

(694) 

(564) 

(4) 

16,144 

11,007 

(104) 

77,678  

2,851  

(85) 

(1,262) 

27,047 

80,444 

For  the  year  ended  December  31,  2018,  the  Company  disposed  of  15  properties  for  total  consideration  of  $31.2  million  ($176.4 
million in 2017), generating a gain of $16.1 million ($77.7 million in 2017). 

Business acquisitions 

For the year ended December 31, 2018, cash used in business acquisitions totalled $156.5 million ($118.3 million in 2017) to acquire 
nine  businesses.  Refer  to  the  section  of  this  report  entitled  “2018  business  acquisitions”  and  further  information  can  be  found  in 
note 5 of the December 31, 2018 audited consolidated financial statements. 

TFI International 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
Free cash flow from continuing operations 

(unaudited) 

(in thousands of dollars, except per share data) 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

19 

Fourth quarters ended 
December 31  

Years ended
December 31 

2018 

2017 

2018 

2017 

Net cash from operating activities from continuing operations 

173,848 

116,148 

543,503 

372,601 

Additions to property and equipment 

(98,174) 

(53,689) 

(314,073) 

(259,666) 

Proceeds from sale of property and equipment 

Proceeds from sale of assets held for sale 

25,461 

2,782 

20,833 

19,140 

81,051 

29,226 

Free cash flow from continuing operations1 

103,917 

102,432 

339,707 

88,773 

174,779 

376,487 

The Company’s objectives when managing its cash flow from operations are to ensure proper capital investment in order to provide 
stability and competitiveness to its operations, to ensure sufficient liquidity to pursue its growth strategy, and to undertake selective 
business acquisitions within a sound capital structure and a solid financial position. 

For  the  year  ended  December  31,  2018,  TFI  International  generated  free  cash  flow  from  continuing  operations  of  $339.7  million, 
compared  to  $376.5  million  in  2017,  which  represents  a  year-over-year  decrease  of  $36.8  million.  This  decrease  is  mainly  due  to 
lower proceeds from the sale of assets held for sale of $145.6 million and to higher additions to property and equipment of $54.4 
million offset by higher net cash from operating activities from continuing operations of $170.9 million. 

Based  on  the  December  31,  2018  closing  share  price  of  $35.30,  the  free  cash  flow  from  continuing  operations  generated  by  the 
Company in the last twelve months ($339.7 million) represented a yield of 10.9%. 

Financial position 

(unaudited)  

(in thousands of dollars) 

Total assets 

Long-term debt 

Shareholders’ equity 

Debt-to-equity ratio2 

Debt-to-capitalization ratio3 

As at
December 31, 2018

As at
December 31, 2017

As at
December 31, 2016

4,049,960 

1,584,423 

1,576,854 

1.00 

0.50 

3,727,628 

1,498,396 

1,415,124 

1.06 

0.51 

4,026,879 

1,584,815 

1,458,650 

1.09 

0.52 

Compared  to  December  31,  2017,  the  Company’s  total  assets  increased  mainly  as  a  result  of  business  acquisitions  and  to  U.S. 
denominated assets converting at a higher rate. The debt-to-equity ratio and the debt-to-capitalization ratio were similar to those of 
December  31,  2017.  The  Company’s  current  financial  position  reflects  an  appropriate  debt  level  to  further  pursue  its  acquisition 
strategy.  Strict  cash  flow  management  and  cash  flow  generated  from  operations  have  allowed  the  Company  to  pursue  debt 
reductions as appropriate. 

As  at  December  31,  2018,  the  Company’s  working  capital  (current  assets  less  current  liabilities)  was  $52.8  million  compared  to 
$116.7 million as at December 31, 2017. The decrease is mainly attributable to a $75.0 million term loan due within 12 months that 
is now presented in current liabilities. 

1 
2 
3 

Refer to the section “Non-IFRS financial measures”. 
Long-term debt divided by shareholders’ equity. 
Long-term debt divided by the sum of shareholders’ equity and long-term debt. 

2018 Annual Report 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
20  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 

Contractual obligations 

The  following  table  indicates  the  Company’s  contractual  obligations  with  their  respective  maturity  dates  at  December  31,  2018, 
excluding future interest payments. 

(unaudited) 

(in thousands of dollars) 

Unsecured revolving facility – June 2022 

Unsecured term loan – June 2020 & 2021 

Unsecured debentures – December 2020 

Unsecured term loan – August 2019 

Finance lease liabilities 

Conditional sales contracts 

Operating leases and other commitments (see 

commitments) 

Total contractual obligations 

Total 

743,698 

500,000 

125,000 

75,000 

9,164 

136,141 

— 

— 

— 

75,000 

5,489 

41,919 

Less than
1 year 

1 to 3
years 

3 to 5
years 

After
5 years 

— 

743,698 

— 

— 

— 

1,201 

35,566 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

884 

500,000 

125,000 

— 

2,474 

57,772 

167,071 

852,317 

557,086 

  2,146,089 

178,510 

300,918 

86,395 

866,860 

125,110 

125,994 

As at December 31, 2018, the Company had $39.4 million of outstanding letters of credit ($40.1 million on December 31, 2017). 

On May 9, 2018, the Company extended its existing revolving credit facility, by one year, to June 2022. 

On May 9, 2018, the Company extended the maturity of its $500 million term loan by one year for each tranche. This term loan is 
within  the  confines  of  the  credit  facility  for  the  specific  purpose  of  acquiring  CFI.  It  remains  at  a  total  of  $500  million,  with  $200 
million  now  due  in  June  2020  and  $300  million  due  in  June  2021.  Early  repayment  in  part  or  whole  is  permitted,  and  would 
permanently reduce the amount borrowed. The terms and conditions of the facility are the same as the credit facility and it is subject 
to the same covenants. 

The  following  table  indicates  the  Company’s  financial  covenants  to  be  maintained  under  its  credit  facility.  These  covenants  are 
measured on a consolidated rolling twelve-month basis: 

Covenants 

Funded debt-to-EBITDA ratio  

[ratio of total debt plus letters of credit and some other long-term liabilities 
to earnings before interest, income tax, depreciation and amortization 
(“EBITDA”), including last twelve months adjusted EBITDA from business 
acquisitions] 

EBITDAR-to-interest and rent ratio  

[ratio of EBITDAR (EBITDA before rent and including last twelve months 
adjusted EBITDAR from business acquisitions) to interest and net rent 
expenses] 

Commitments, contingencies and off-balance sheet arrangements 

Requirements 

As at 
December 31, 2018  

< 3.50 

2.27 

> 1.75 

4.26 

The following table indicates the Company’s commitments with their respective terms at December 31, 2018.  

(unaudited) 

(in thousands of dollars) 

Operating leases – rolling stock 

Operating leases – real estate & others 

Other commitments 

Total 

81,847 

424,264 

50,975 

Less than
1 year 

35,212 

92,323 

50,975 

1 to 3
years 

37,537 

129,534 

— 

3 to 5
years 

8,213 

After
5 years 

885 

78,182 

124,225 

— 

— 

Total off-balance sheet obligations 

557,086 

178,510 

167,071 

86,395 

125,110 

Long-term  real  estate  leases,  totalling  $424.3  million,  include  nine  significant  real  estate  commitments  for  an  aggregate  value  of 
$207.6  million,  which  expire  between  2024  and  2035.  A  total  of  268  properties  constitute  the  remaining  real  estate  operating 
leases. 

TFI International 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

21 

Dividends and outstanding share data 

Dividends 

The Company declared $20.7 million in dividends, or 24 cents per common share, in the fourth quarter of 2018. For the year ended 
December  31,  2018,  dividends  declared  were  $76.1  million,  or  87  cents  per  common  share.  On  October  22,  2018,  the  Board  of 
Directors of TFI approved a $0.24 quarterly dividend, a 14% increase over its previous quarterly dividend of $0.21 per share. 

On  February  27,  2019,  the  Board  of  Directors  declared  a  quarterly  dividend  of  $0.24  per  outstanding  common  share  of  the 
Company’s  capital  for  an  expected  aggregate  payment  of  $20.4  million  which  will  be  paid  on  April  15,  2019  to  shareholders  of 
record at the close of business on March 29, 2019. 

NCIB on common shares 

Pursuant to the renewal of the normal course issuer bid (“NCIB”), which began on October 2, 2018 and will expire on October 1, 
2019, the Company is authorized to repurchase for cancellation up to a maximum of 6,000,000 of its common shares under certain 
conditions. The Board of TFI International believes that, at appropriate times, repurchasing its shares through the NCIB represents a 
good use of TFI International’s financial resources, as such action can protect and enhance shareholder value when opportunities or 
volatility arise. 

For the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company repurchased 3,755,002 common shares (as compared to 2,810,126 in 2017) 
at  a  price  ranging  from  approximately  $32  to  $44  per  share  for  a  total  purchase  price  of  $139.6  million  (as  compared  to  $81.6 
million in 2017). 

Outstanding shares, stock options and restricted share units 

A  total  of  86,397,588  common  shares  were  outstanding  as  at  December  31,  2018  (December  31,  2017  –  89,123,588).  Between 
December  31,  2018  and  February  27,  2019,  the  Company  repurchased  1,500,000  common  shares  at  a  price  ranging  from 
approximately $34 to $40 per share for a total purchase price of $56.7 million. 

As at December 31, 2018, the number of outstanding options to acquire common shares issued under the Company’s stock option 
plan was 5,031,161 (December 31, 2017 – 5,493,286) of which 3,863,610 were exercisable (December 31, 2017 – 4,169,819). On 
February  20,  2018,  the  Board  of  Directors  approved  the  grant  of  617,735  stock  options  under  the  Company’s  stock  option  plan. 
Each stock option entitles the holder to purchase one common share of the Company at an exercise price based on the closing price 
of  the  volume  weighted  average  trading  price  of  the  Company’s  shares  for  the  last  five  trading  days  immediately  preceding  the 
effective date of the grant. 

As at December 31, 2018, the number of restricted share units (‘‘RSUs’’) granted under the Company’s equity incentive plan to its 
senior employees was 147,081 (December 31, 2017 – 206,396). On February 20, 2018, the Board of Directors approved the grant of 
95,243  RSUs  under  the  Company’s  equity  incentive  plan.  The  RSUs  will  vest  in  December  of  the  second  year  following  the  grant 
date. Upon satisfaction of the required service period, the plan provides for settlement of the award through shares. 

Legal proceedings 

The  Company  is  involved  in  litigation  arising  from  the  ordinary  course  of  business  primarily  involving  claims  for  bodily  injury  and 
property  damage.  It  is  not  feasible  to  predict  or  determine  the  outcome  of  these  or  similar  proceedings.  However,  the  Company 
believes the ultimate recovery or liability, if any, resulting from such litigation individually or in total would not materially adversely 
affect the Company’s financial condition or performance and, if necessary, has been provided for in the financial statements. 

Subsequent events 

On February 1, 2019, the unsecured term loan was amended to increase the balance from $500 million to $575 million. On February 
11, 2019, the funds were used to reimburse the unsecured term loan of $75 million that was expected to mature in August 2019. 

On  February  19,  2019,  the  Company  completed  the  acquisition  of  Toronto  Tank  Lines  (“TTL”).  Based  in  Hamilton,  Ontario,  TTL 
specializes in the transportation and storage of food grade liquids, industrial chemicals, specialty oils and waxes throughout Canada, 
the United States and Mexico. 

On  February  25,  2019,  the  Company  acquired  Schilli  Corporation  (“Schilli”).  Based  in  St.  Louis,  Missouri,  Schilli  specializes  in  the 
transportation  of  dry  and  liquid  bulk  and  offers  dedicated  fleet  solutions  and  other  value-add  services  throughout  Midwest, 
Southeast and Gulf Coast regions of the United States. 

The Company paid $98.9 million for the two business acquisitions, subject to customary closing adjustments. 

2018 Annual Report 

 
22  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 

OUTLOOK 

North American economic growth continues and economic conditions remain supportive for the transportation and logistics industry. 
Unemployment is near multi-decade lows, and consumer confidence and business optimism are currently solid, having benefitted in 
2018  from  U.S.  tax  law  changes.  Given  this  backdrop,  the  Company  sees  the  potential  for  additional  upward  pressure  on  freight 
volumes and shipping rates. 

Potential  risks  in  this  environment  include,  among  other  things,  the  possibility  of  more  pronounced  driver  shortages  and 
accompanying upward pressure on wages, along with increasing fuel, insurance, interest rate and other costs. In addition, while the 
U.S.,  Canada  and  Mexico  continue  to  negotiate  over  revising  or  replacing  NAFTA,  a  continually  evolving  international  trade 
environment,  including  between  the  U.S.  and  China,  could  result  in  higher  tariffs  that  could  slow  North  American  business 
expansion. 

While continually monitoring the economic outlook, internally TFI International seeks to generate strong free cash flow by executing 
on  the  fundamentals  of  the  business  regardless  of  the  economic  cycle.  This  approach  includes  focusing  on  profitable  business, 
improving  efficiency,  rationalizing  assets,  and  tightly  controlling  costs.  In  addition,  the  Company  plans  to  capture  M&A-related 
operating synergies and continue its disciplined pursuit of acquisition candidates in the fragmented North American transportation 
and logistics market. 

In  Package  and  Courier,  TFI’s  priorities  include  the  deployment  of  cutting-edge  technology,  optimizing  the  business  mix  and  asset 
utilization,  and  driving  efficiencies  and  additional  savings  through  the  consolidation  of  routes  and  terminals,  administration and  IT 
platforms. 

In LTL, TFI remains disciplined in adapting supply to demand, as overcapacity continues to affect the industry. The Company expects 
to  continue  to  emphasize  major  cities,  cross-border,  and  high-density  regions  to  enhance  value,  is  focused  on  further  cost 
rationalization, especially for its domestic Canadian business, is deploying customer-facing technology, and leveraging its capabilities 
in asset-light intermodal activities that it believes will generate higher returns. 

In TL, TFI is cost-conscious and focused on improving the efficiency and profitability of its existing modern fleet and its network of 
independent  contractors.  The  Company  has  long  established  partner  carrier  relationships  to  benefit  customer  service.  Within  TL, 
management is focused on extracting costs from both its U.S. and Specialized TL operations. Further, the expected implementation 
of an electronic logging device (ELD) requirement in Canada may have a similar effect on the Canadian truckload environment as it 
had in the United States. 

In Logistics and Last Mile, the Company believes both online and conventional retailers increasingly view last mile delivery solutions 
as  strategic  to  their  business,  and  e-commerce  continues  to  increase  as  a  share  of  overall  retail  sales.  TFI  expects  to  continue  to 
capitalize on the growing importance of e-commerce through its extensive logistics experience and last mile infrastructure. 

TFI  International  aims  to  distinguish  itself  by  providing  innovative,  value-added  solutions  to  its  growing  North  American  customer 
base.  The  Company  is  embracing  an  asset-light  business  model,  and  deploying  capital  toward  initiatives  that  it  believes  provide 
strong  returns  and  solid  cash  flow.  In  the  short  term,  having  achieved  targeted  leverage  ratios,  TFI  expects  to  use  its  cash  flow 
primarily for opportunistic share repurchases, dividends, and business acquisitions. 

TFI International believes it is uniquely positioned to benefit from the current dynamics in the North American freight environment, 
including the continued strength across the Canadian and U.S. transportation markets. Management believes that adherence to its 
operating principles, with the same discipline and rigour that have made the Company a North American leader in the transportation 
and logistics industry, will continue to grow shareholder value. 

TFI International 

 
 
 
SUMMARY OF EIGHT MOST RECENT QUARTERLY RESULTS 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

23 

(unaudited) – (in millions of dollars, 
except per share data) 

Total revenue* 
Adjusted EBITDA1 
Operating income (loss)** 
Net income (loss) 
EPS – basic 
EPS – diluted 
Adjusted net income1 
Adjusted EPS – diluted1 

Q4’18 

Q3’18 

Q2’18  

Q1’18 

Q4’17 

Q3’17  

Q2’17 

Q1’17  

  1,321.4    1,287.6    1,317.7     1,196.5    1,192.9    1,176.6    1,263.8    1,204.1  
109.5  
28.9  
14.1  
0.15  
0.15  
32.9  
0.35  

186.7    
123.6    
80.4    
0.92    
0.89    
89.9    
0.99    

131.0   
66.1   
120.2   
1.34   
1.31   
53.9   
0.59   

145.7   
(47.2)   
(75.0)   
(0.82)   
(0.82)   
56.4   
0.61   

190.0   
128.2   
86.7   
0.99   
0.96   
95.0   
1.05   

129.0   
75.4   
48.2   
0.54   
0.53   
50.4   
0.55   

128.2   
130.6   
98.8   
1.10   
1.07   
48.9   
0.53   

180.7   
103.3   
76.7   
0.88   
0.85   
86.3   
0.96   

(*) 

2017 quarters have been recasted for changes in presentation (see note 3 of the audited consolidated financial statements). 

(**)  All of the quarters have been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation of line items included within the subtotal of operating income. 

The  differences  between  the  quarters  are  mainly  the  result  of  seasonality  (softer  in  Q1)  and  business  acquisitions.  Higher  2018 
operating  income  was  also  driven  by  strong  execution  across  the  organization,  increased  quality  of  revenue,  cost  efficiencies  and 
improvement in the Company’s U.S. TL operating segment. In Q4 2017, higher net income, as well as higher basic and diluted EPS, is 
mainly due to an income tax gain of $76.1 million as a result of U.S. tax reform. In Q3 2017, higher operating income, net income, 
as well as higher basic and diluted EPS, is mainly due to gain on sale of property of $70.1 million, or $59.7 million after-tax. In Q2 
2017, the Company recorded an operating loss, net loss and negative basic and diluted EPS principally due to a goodwill impairment 
in its U.S. TL operating segment of $129.8 million (no tax impact on this impairment). 

NON-IFRS FINANCIAL MEASURES 

Financial data have been prepared in conformity with IFRS, including the following measures: 

Operating expenses: Operating expenses, as defined in the audited consolidated financial statements. 

Operating  income  (loss):  Net  income  or  loss  before  finance  income  and  costs  and  income  tax  expense  (recovery),  as  stated  in  the 
audited consolidated financial statements. 

This MD&A includes references to certain non-IFRS financial measures as described below. These non-IFRS measures do not have any 
standardized  meanings  prescribed  by  IFRS  and  are  therefore  unlikely  to  be  comparable  to  similar  measures  presented  by  other 
companies. Accordingly, they should not be considered in isolation, in addition to, not as a substitute for or superior to, measures of 
financial performance prepared in accordance with IFRS. The terms and definitions of IFRS and non-IFRS measures used in this MD&A 
and a reconciliation of each non-IFRS measure to the most directly comparable IFRS measure are provided below or in the MD&A. 

Adjusted net income: Net income or loss excluding amortization of intangible assets related to business acquisitions, net change in 
the fair value of contingent considerations and accretion expense and derivatives, net foreign exchange gain or loss, impairment of 
intangible  assets,  and  gain  or  loss  on  sale  of  land  and  buildings,  assets  held  for  sale  and  intangible  assets,  net  of  tax,  and impact 
from  the  U.S.  tax  reform.  In  presenting  an  adjusted  net  income  and  adjusted  EPS,  the  Company’s  intent  is  to  help  provide  an 
understanding  of what would have been the net income and earnings per  share in a context of significant business combinations 
and  excluding  specific  impacts  and  to  reflect  earnings  from  a  strictly  operating  perspective.  The  amortization  of  intangible  assets 
related to business acquisitions comprises amortization expense of customer relationships, trademarks and non-compete agreements 
accounted  for  in  business  combinations  and  the  income  tax  effects  related  to  this  amortization.  Management  also  believes,  in 
excluding  amortization  of  intangible  assets  related  to  business  acquisitions,  it  provides  more  information  on  the  amortization  of 
intangible asset expense portion, net of tax, that will not have to be replaced to preserve the Company’s ability to generate similar 
future  cash  flows.  The  Company  excludes  these  items  because  they  affect  the  comparability  of  its  financial  results  and  could 
potentially distort the analysis of trends in its business performance. Excluding these items does not imply they are necessarily non-
recurring.  In  2018,  the  Company  added  an  adjustment  to  exclude  the  net  change  in  fair  value  of  contingent  consideration  and 
recasted the comparative measures to conform to the current year presentation. See reconciliation on page 8. 

1 

Refer to the section “Non-IFRS financial measures”. 

2018 Annual Report 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
24  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 

Adjusted  earnings  per  share  (adjusted  “EPS”)  –  basic:  Adjusted  net  income  divided  by  the  weighted  average  number  of  common 
shares. 

Adjusted EPS – diluted: Adjusted net income divided by the weighted average number of diluted common shares. 

Adjusted  EBITDA:  Net  income  or  loss  before  finance  income  and  costs,  income  tax  expense  (recovery),  depreciation,  amortization, 
impairment of intangible assets, and gain or loss on sale of land and buildings, assets held for sale and intangible assets. Segmented 
adjusted EBITDA refers to operating income (loss) before depreciation, amortization, impairment of intangible assets, and gain or loss 
on  sale  of  land  and  buildings,  assets  held  for  sale  and  intangible  assets.  Management  believes  adjusted  EBITDA  to  be  a  useful 
supplemental measure. Adjusted EBITDA is provided to assist in determining the ability of the Company to assess its performance. 

Consolidated adjusted EBITDA reconciliation: 

(unaudited) 

(in thousands of dollars) 

Net income 

Net finance costs (income) 

Income tax expense (recovery) 

Depreciation of property and equipment 

Amortization of intangible assets 

Impairment of intangible assets 

Gain on sale of land and buildings 

(Gain) loss on sale of assets held for sale 

Gain on sale of intangible assets 

Adjusted EBITDA 

Fourth quarters ended
December 31 

Years ended 
December 31  

2018 

2017 

2018 

2017 

76,728 

120,192 

291,994 

157,988  

(40) 

26,595 

52,392 

15,460 

12,559 

(312) 

(1,479) 

(1,249) 

13,497 

(67,613) 

48,298 

15,949 

— 

(394) 

1,088 

48,306 

90,224 

61,075  

(40,642) 

198,492 

209,557  

62,101 

12,559 

(524) 

61,200  

142,981  

(232) 

(15,620) 

(77,446) 

— 

(1,249) 

— 

180,654 

131,017 

686,283 

514,481  

TFI International 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Segmented adjusted EBITDA reconciliation: 

(unaudited) 

(in thousands of dollars) 

Package and Courier 

Operating income 

Depreciation of property and equipment 

Amortization of intangible assets 

Gain on sale of land and buildings 

Gain on sale of assets held for sale 

Gain on sale of intangible assets 

Adjusted EBITDA 

Less-Than-Truckload 

Operating income 

Depreciation of property and equipment 

Amortization of intangible assets 

(Gain) loss on sale of land and buildings 

(Gain) loss on sale of assets held for sale 

Adjusted EBITDA 

Truckload 

Operating income (loss) 

Depreciation of property and equipment 

Amortization of intangible assets 

Impairment of intangible assets 

(Gain) loss on sale of land and buildings 

Gain on sale of assets held for sale 

Adjusted EBITDA 

Logistics and Last Mile 

Operating income 

Depreciation of property and equipment 

Amortization of intangible assets 

Impairment of intangible assets 

Loss on sale of land and buildings 

Adjusted EBITDA 

Corporate 

Operating loss 

Depreciation of property and equipment 

Amortization of intangible assets 

Gain on sale of assets held for sale 

Adjusted EBITDA 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

25 

Fourth quarters ended
December 31 

Years ended 
December 31  

2018 

2017 

2018 

2017 

34,409 

3,055 

306 

— 

— 

(1,249) 

36,521 

28,144 

3,337 

395 

(682) 

— 

— 

113,214 

102,281  

11,870 

1,362 

— 

— 

(1,249) 

13,811  

1,728  

(682) 

(9,156) 

— 

31,194 

125,197 

107,982  

23,461 

13,221 

6,252 

2,750 

(336) 

82 

5,208 

2,478 

267 

1,088 

85,132 

23,656 

10,792 

(275) 

122,181  

21,663  

9,691  

242  

(2,299) 

(68,118) 

32,209 

22,262 

117,006 

85,659  

52,282 

41,926 

6,728 

— 

1 

(1,561) 

99,376 

2,851 

774 

5,348 

12,559 

23 

22,813 

38,589 

7,275 

— 

18 

— 

207,723 

158,708 

27,464 

— 

(279) 

(12,909) 

(51,705) 

168,846  

28,674  

129,770  

93  

(172) 

68,695 

380,707 

275,506  

14,098 

853 

5,555 

— 

3 

54,492 

2,969 

21,298 

12,559 

30 

41,579  

3,873  

20,223  

13,211  

115  

21,555 

20,509 

91,348 

79,001 

(9,720) 

(12,200) 

(30,037) 

(35,915) 

385 

328 

— 

311 

246 

— 

1,289 

1,185 

(412) 

1,364  

884  

— 

(9,007) 

(11,643) 

(27,975) 

(33,667) 

2018 Annual Report 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
26  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 

Adjusted EBITDA margin is calculated as adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of revenue before fuel surcharge. 

Debt-to-adjusted EBITDA ratio is calculated by dividing the total long-term debt by the adjusted EBITDA. 

Free cash flow from continuing operations: Net cash from operating activities from continuing operations less additions to property 
and equipment plus proceeds from sale of property and equipment and assets held for sale. Management believes that this measure 
provides  a  benchmark  to  evaluate  the  performance  of  the  Company  in  regard  to  its  ability  to  meet  capital  requirements.  See 
reconciliation on page 19. 

Operating margin is calculated as operating income (loss) as a percentage of revenue before fuel surcharge. 

Adjusted operating ratio: Operating expenses before impairment of intangible assets and gain or loss on sale of land and buildings, 
assets held for sale and intangible assets (“Adjusted operating expenses”), net of fuel surcharge revenue, divided by revenue before 
fuel surcharge. Although the adjusted operating ratio is not a recognized financial measure defined by IFRS, it is a widely recognized 
measure  in  the  transportation  industry,  which  the  Company  believes  it  provides  a  comparable  benchmark  for  evaluating  the 
Company’s  performance.  Also,  to  facilitate  the  comparison  of  business  level  activity  and  operating  costs  between  periods,  the 
Company  compares  the  revenue  before  fuel  surcharge  (“revenue”)  and  reallocates  the  fuel  surcharge  revenue  to  materials  and 
services expenses within operating expenses. 

Consolidated adjusted operating ratio reconciliation: 

(unaudited) 

(in thousands of dollars) 

Operating expenses 

Impairment of intangible assets 

Gain on sale of land and buildings 

Gain (loss) on sale of assets held for sale 

Gain on sale of intangible assets 

Adjusted operating expenses 

Fuel surcharge revenue 

Fourth quarters ended
December 31 

Years ended
December 31 

2018 

2017* 

2018 

2017* 

  1,218,162 

  1,126,802 

  4,692,684 

  4,658,993 

(12,559) 

312 

1,479 

1,249 

— 

394 

(1,088) 

— 

(12,559) 

(142,981) 

524 

15,620 

1,249 

232 

77,446 

— 

  1,208,643 

  1,126,108 

  4,697,518 

  4,593,690 

(159,166) 

(123,199) 

(615,011) 

(458,429) 

Adjusted operating expenses, net of fuel surcharge revenue 

  1,049,477 

  1,002,909 

  4,082,507 

  4,135,261 

Revenue before fuel surcharge 

Adjusted operating ratio 

  1,162,279 

  1,069,679 

  4,508,197 

  4,378,985 

90.3% 

93.8% 

90.6% 

94.4% 

(*) 

Recasted for changes in presentation (see note 3 of the audited consolidated financial statements). 

TFI International 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Less-Than-Truckload  and  Truckload  reportable  segment  adjusted  operating  ratio  reconciliation  and  Truckload  operating  segments 
reconciliations: 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

27 

(unaudited) 
(in thousands of dollars) 

Less-Than-Truckload 
Total revenue 
Total operating expenses 
Operating income 

Operating expenses 
Gain (loss) on sale of land and buildings and assets held for 

sale 

Adjusted operating expenses 
Fuel surcharge revenue 
Adjusted operating expenses, net of fuel surcharge revenue 
Revenue before fuel surcharge 
Adjusted operating ratio 

Truckload 

Total revenue 
Total operating expenses 
Operating income (loss) 

Operating expenses 
Impairment of intangible assets 
Gain (loss) on sale of land and buildings and assets held for 

sale 

Adjusted operating expenses 
Fuel surcharge revenue 
Adjusted operating expenses, net of fuel surcharge 
Revenue before fuel surcharge 
Adjusted operating ratio 

Truckload – Revenue before fuel surcharge 

U.S. based Conventional TL 
Canadian based Conventional TL 
Specialized TL 
Eliminations 

Truckload – Fuel surcharge revenue 

U.S. based Conventional TL 
Canadian based Conventional TL 
Specialized TL 
Eliminations 

Truckload – Operating income (loss) 

U.S. based Conventional TL 
Canadian based Conventional TL 
Specialized TL 

(*) 

Recasted for changes in presentation (see note 3 of the audited consolidated financial statements). 

Fourth quarters ended
December 31 

Years ended
December 31 

2018 

2017* 

2018 

2017* 

272,212  
248,751  
23,461  

234,696  
221,475  
13,221  

  1,057,396 
972,264 
85,132 

994,777  
872,596  
122,181  

248,751  

221,475  

972,264 

872,596  

254  
249,005  
(40,218) 
208,787  
231,994  
90.0% 

610,161  
557,879  
52,282  

557,879  
— 

1,560  
559,439  
(81,997) 
477,442  
528,164  
90.4% 

223,128  
79,017  
227,438  
(1,419) 
528,164  

43,034  
12,257  
26,815  
(109) 
81,997  

15,012  
11,172  
26,098  
52,282  

(1,355) 
220,120  
(30,560) 
189,560  
204,136  
92.9% 

2,574 
974,838 
(155,076)   
819,762 
902,320 
90.9% 

67,876  
940,472  
(117,288) 
823,184  
877,489  
93.8% 

546,251  
523,438 
22,813  

  2,388,865 
  2,181,142 
207,723 

  2,218,207  
  2,269,912  
(51,705) 

523,438  
— 

  2,181,142 
— 

  2,269,912  
(129,770) 

(18) 
523,420  
(65,300) 
458,120  
480,951  
95.3% 

209,174  
74,398  
198,098  
(719) 
480,951  

36,674  
10,098  
18,728  
(200) 
65,300  

(15) 
6,049  
16,779  
22,813  

13,188 
  2,194,330 

(324,277)   

  1,870,053 
  2,064,588 
90.6% 

880,631 
313,305 
877,463 

(6,811)   

  2,064,588 

79  
  2,140,221  
(244,109) 
  1,896,112  
  1,974,098  
96.0% 

885,978  
303,613  
788,186  
(3,679) 
  1,974,098  

170,673 
49,693 
104,464 

(553)   

324,277 

47,820 
47,793 
112,110 
207,723 

135,058  
39,767  
69,631  
(347) 
244,109  

(155,471) 
23,243  
80,523  
(51,705) 

2018 Annual Report 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
28  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 

(unaudited) 
(in thousands of dollars) 

Fourth quarters ended
December 31 

Years ended
December 31 

2018 

2017* 

2018 

2017* 

U.S. based Conventional TL 
Operating expenses** 
Impairment of intangible assets 
Loss on sale of land and buildings and assets held for sale 
Adjusted operating expenses 
Fuel surcharge revenue 
Adjusted operating expenses, net of fuel surcharge revenue 
Revenue before fuel surcharge 
Adjusted operating ratio 

Canadian based Conventional TL 

Operating expenses** 
Gain on sale of land and buildings and assets held for sale 
Adjusted operating expenses 
Fuel surcharge revenue 
Adjusted operating expenses, net of fuel surcharge revenue 
Revenue before fuel surcharge 
Adjusted operating ratio 

Specialized TL 

Operating expenses** 
Gain on sale of land and buildings and assets held for sale 
Adjusted operating expenses 
Fuel surcharge revenue 
Adjusted operating expenses, net of fuel surcharge revenue 
Revenue before fuel surcharge 
Adjusted operating ratio 

251,150 
— 
— 
251,150 
(43,034) 
208,116 
223,128 
93.3% 

80,102 
— 
80,102 
(12,257) 
67,845 
79,017  
85.9% 

228,155  
1,560 
229,715 
(26,815) 
202,900 
227,438 
89.2% 

245,863  
— 
(119) 
245,744  
(36,674) 
209,070  
209,174  
100.0% 

78,447 
101  
78,548 
(10,098) 
68,450 
74,398 
92.0% 

200,047 
— 
200,047 
(18,728) 
181,319 
198,098 
91.5% 

(*) 

Recasted for changes in presentation (see note 3 of the audited consolidated financial statements). 

(**)  Operating expenses excluding intra TL eliminations. 

RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES 

  1,003,484 
— 
— 
  1,003,484 

(170,673)   
832,811 
880,631  
94.6% 

  1,176,507  
(129,770) 
(214) 
  1,046,523  
(135,058) 
911,465  
885,978  
102.9% 

315,205 
7,023  
322,228 
(49,693)   
272,535 
313,305  
87.0% 

869,817  
6,165  
875,982  
(104,464)   
771,518  
877,463  
87.9% 

320,137 
101  
320,238 
(39,767) 
280,471 
303,613 
92.4% 

777,294 
192  
777,486 
(69,631) 
707,855 
788,186 
89.8% 

The  Company’s  future  results  may  be  affected  by  a  number 
of  factors  over  some  of  which  the  Company  has  little  or  no 
control.  The  following  discussion  of  risk  factors  contains 
forward-looking 
issues, 
uncertainties  and  risks,  among  others,  should  be  considered 
in evaluating the Company’s business and growth outlook. 

statements. 

following 

The 

Competition.  The  Company  operates  in  a  highly-competitive 
and  fragmented  industry,  and  numerous  competitive  factors 
could impair the Company’s ability to maintain or improve its 
profitability  and  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  the 
Company’s  results  of  operations.  In  addition,  the  Company 
faces  growing  competition  from  other  transporters 
in 
Canada,  the  United  States  and  Mexico.  These  factors, 
including the following, could impair the Company’s ability to 
maintain or improve its profitability and could have a material 
adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations: 

• 

the Company competes with  many other transportation 
companies of varying sizes, including Canadian, U.S. and 
Mexican transportation companies; 

TFI International 

• 

• 

• 

the Company’s competitors may periodically reduce their 
freight  rates  to  gain  business,  which  may  limit  the 
Company’s ability to maintain or increase freight rates or 
maintain growth in the Company’s business; 

the  Company’s 

some  of 
customers  are  other 
transportation companies or companies that also operate 
their own private trucking fleets, and they may decide to 
transport  more  of 
freight  or  bundle 
their  own 
transportation with other services; 

some  of  the  Company’s  customers  may  reduce  the 
number  of  carriers  they  use  by  selecting  so-called  “core 
carriers”  as  approved  service  providers  or  by  engaging 
dedicated providers, and in some instances the Company 
may not be selected; 

•  many  customers  periodically  accept  bids  from  multiple 
carriers  for  their  shipping  needs,  and  this  process  may 
depress freight rates or result in the loss of some of the 
Company’s business to competitors; 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

the  market  for  qualified  drivers  is  highly  competitive, 
particularly  in  the  Company’s  growing  U.S.  operations, 
and the Company’s inability to attract and retain drivers 
could  reduce  its  equipment  utilization  and  cause  the 
Company  to  increase  compensation,  both  of  which 
would adversely affect the Company’s profitability; 

economies  of  scale  that  may  be  passed  on  to  smaller 
carriers  by  procurement  aggregation  providers  may 
improve their ability to compete with the Company; 

some of the Company’s smaller competitors may not yet 
be  fully  compliant  with  recently-enacted  regulations, 
such  as  regulations  requiring  the  use  of  electronic 
logging  devices  in  the  United  States,  which  may  allow 
such  competitors  to  take  advantage  of  additional  driver 
productivity; 

advances 
in  technology,  such  as  advanced  safety 
systems,  automated  package  sorting,  handling  and 
delivery, vehicle platooning, alternative fuel vehicles and 
digitization of freight services, may require the Company 
to  increase  investments  in  order  to  remain  competitive, 
and  the  Company’s  customers  may  not  be  willing  to 
accept  higher  freight  rates  to  cover  the  cost  of  these 
investments; 

the  Company’s  competitors  may  have  better  safety 
records  than  the  Company  or  a  perception  of  better 
safety records, which could impair the Company’s ability 
to compete; 

shippers, 

some  high-volume  package 
as 
Amazon.com,  are  developing  and  implementing  in-
house  delivery  capabilities  and  utilizing  independent 
contractors for deliveries, which could in turn reduce the 
Company’s revenues and market share; 

such 

competition  from  freight  brokerage  companies  may 
materially  adversely  affect  the  Company’s  customer 
relationships and freight rates; and 

higher fuel prices and, in turn, higher fuel surcharges to 
the  Company’s  customers  may  cause  some  of  the 
Company’s  customers  to  consider  freight  transportation 
alternatives, including rail transportation. 

Regulation.  The  Company  operates  in  a  highly-regulated 
industry,  and  changes  in  existing  regulations  or  violations  of 
existing  or  future  regulations  could  have  a  material  adverse 
effect  on  the  Company’s  operations  and  profitability.  In 
Canada,  carriers  must  obtain  licenses  issued  by  provincial 
transport  boards  in  order  to  carry  goods  inter-provincially  or 
to  transport  goods  within  any  province.  Licensing  from  U.S. 
and  Mexican  regulatory  authorities  is  also  required  for  the 
transportation  of  goods  in  the  United  States,  in  Mexico  and 
between Canada, the United States and Mexico. Any change 
in or violation of existing or future regulations could have an 
adverse  impact  on  the  scope  of  the  Company’s  activities. 
Future  laws  and  regulations  may  be  more  stringent,  require 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

29 

changes in the Company’s operating practices, influence the 
demand  for  transportation  services  or  require  the  Company 
to  incur  significant  additional  costs.  Higher  costs  incurred  by 
the  Company,  or  by  the  Company’s  suppliers  who  pass  the 
costs  onto  the  Company  through  higher  supplies  and 
materials  pricing,  could  adversely  affect  the  Company’s 
results of operations. 

The Company is increasing its operations in the United States, 
where  the  transportation  industry  is  subject  to  regulation 
from  various  federal,  state  and  local  agencies,  including  the 
Department  of  Transportation  (“DOT”)  (in  part  through  the 
Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration (“FMCSA”)), the 
Environmental  Protection  Agency  and  the  Department  of 
Homeland  Security.  Drivers  must  comply  with  safety  and 
fitness  regulations,  including  those  relating  to  drug  and 
alcohol  testing,  driver  safety  performance  and  hours  of 
service,  and  matters  such  as  equipment  weight  and 
dimensions,  exhaust  emissions  and  fuel  efficiency  are  also 
subject  to  government  regulation.  The  Company  also  may 
become  subject  to  new  or  more  restrictive  regulations 
relating to fuel efficiency, exhaust emissions, hours of service, 
drug and alcohol testing, ergonomics, on-board reporting of 
operations,  collective  bargaining,  security  at  ports,  speed 
limitations,  driver  training  and  other  matters  affecting  safety 
or operating methods.  

In the United States, under the FMCSA’s Compliance, Safety, 
Accountability  (“CSA”)  program,  fleets  are  evaluated  and 
ranked  against  their  peers  based  on  certain  safety-related 
standards.  As  a  result,  the  Company’s  fleet  could  be  ranked 
poorly  as  compared  to  peer  carriers.  The  Company  recruits 
first-time drivers to be part of its fleet, and these drivers may 
have  a  higher  likelihood  of  creating  adverse  safety  events 
under CSA. The occurrence of future deficiencies could affect 
driver recruitment in the United States by causing high-quality 
drivers  to  seek  employment  with  other  carriers  or  limit  the 
pool  of  available  drivers  or  could  cause  the  Company’s 
customers  to  direct  their  business  away  from  the  Company 
and  to  carriers  with  higher  fleet  safety  rankings,  either  of 
which  would  materially  adversely  affect  the  Company’s 
business,  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations.  In 
addition,  future  deficiencies  could  increase  the  Company’s 
insurance expenses. Additionally, competition for drivers with 
favourable  safety  backgrounds  may  increase,  which  could 
necessitate  increases  in  driver-related  compensation  costs. 
Further,  the  Company  may  incur  greater  than  expected 
expenses in its attempts to improve unfavourable scores. 

Based on the ratings of the Company’s U.S. subsidiaries in a 
number  of  the  seven  CSA  safety-related  categories,  the 
Company  may  be  prioritized  for  roadside  inspection,  which 
could  have  an  adverse  effect  on  the  Company’s  business, 
financial condition and results of operations. 

In December 2015, the U.S. Congress passed a new highway 
funding bill called Fixing America’s Surface Transportation Act 
(the ”FAST Act”), which calls for significant CSA reform. The 
FAST Act directs the FMCSA to conduct studies of the scoring 
system  used  to  generate  CSA  rankings  to  determine  if  it  is 

2018 Annual Report 

 
30  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 

effective in identifying high-risk carriers and predicting future 
crash  risk.  This  study  was  conducted  and  delivered  to  the 
FMCSA in June 2017 with several recommendations to make 
the  CSA  program  more  fair,  accurate  and  reliable.  In 
June 2018,  the  FMCSA  provided  a  report  to  the  U.S. 
Congress  outlining  the  changes  it  may  make  to  the  CSA 
program in response to the study. Such changes include the 
testing  and  possible  adoption  of  a  revised  risk  modeling 
theory,  potential  collection  and  dissemination  of  additional 
carrier data and revised measures for intervention thresholds. 
The adoption of such changes is contingent on the results of 
the  new  modeling  theory  and  additional  public  feedback. 
Thus, it is unclear if, when and to what extent such changes 
to  the  CSA  program  will  occur.  However,  any  changes  that 
increase 
receiving 
unfavourable  scores  could  materially  adversely  affect  the 
Company’s results of operations and profitability. 

the  Company 

likelihood  of 

the 

In December 2016, the FMCSA issued a final rule establishing 
a  national  clearinghouse  for  drug  and  alcohol  testing  results 
and  requiring  motor  carriers  and  medical  review  officers  to 
provide records of violations by commercial drivers of FMCSA 
drug  and  alcohol  testing  requirements.  Motor  carriers  in  the 
United  States  will  be  required  to  query  the  clearinghouse  to 
ensure drivers and driver applicants do not have violations of 
federal  drug  and  alcohol  testing  regulations  that  prohibit 
them  from  operating  commercial  motor  vehicles.  The 
compliance date for this rule is early 2020. In addition, other 
rules  have  been  recently  proposed  or  made  final  by  the 
FMCSA, including (i) a rule requiring the use of speed-limiting 
devices  on  heavy-duty  tractors  to  restrict  maximum  speeds, 
which  was  proposed  in  2016  and  (ii) a  rule  setting  out 
minimum  driver  training  standards  for  new  drivers  applying 
for  commercial  driver’s  licenses  for  the  first  time  and  to 
experienced  drivers  upgrading  their  licenses  or  seeking  a 
hazardous  materials  endorsement,  which  was  made  final  in 
December 2016 with a compliance date in February 2020. In 
July 2017,  the  DOT  announced  that  it  would  no  longer 
pursue a speed limiter rule, but left open the possibility that it 
could resume such a pursuit in the future. The effect of these 
rules,  to  the  extent  they  become  effective,  could  result  in  a 
decrease  in  fleet  production  and/or  driver  availability,  either 
of  which  could  materially  adversely  affect  the  Company’s 
business, financial condition and results of operations. 

The Company currently has a satisfactory DOT rating for each 
of  its  U.S.  operations,  which  is  the  highest  available  rating 
under the current safety rating scale. If the Company were to 
receive  a  conditional  or  unsatisfactory  DOT  safety  rating,  it 
could  materially  adversely  affect  the  Company’s  business, 
financial  condition  and  results  of  operations  as  customer 
contracts may require a satisfactory DOT safety rating, and a 
conditional or unsatisfactory rating could materially adversely 
affect or restrict the Company’s operations. 

The FMCSA has proposed regulations that would modify the 
existing rating system and the safety labels assigned to motor 
carriers  evaluated  by  the  DOT.  Under  regulations  that  were 
proposed  in  2016,  the  methodology  for  determining  a 

TFI International 

carrier’s DOT safety rating would be expanded to include the 
on-road  safety  performance  of  the  carrier’s  drivers  and 
equipment,  as  well  as  results  obtained  from  investigations. 
Exceeding  certain  thresholds  based  on  such  performance  or 
results would cause a carrier to receive an unfit safety rating. 
The  proposed  regulations  were  withdrawn  in  March 2017, 
but the FMCSA noted that a similar process may be initiated 
in  the  future.  If  similar  regulations  were  enacted  and  the 
Company  were  to  receive  an  unfit  or  other  negative  safety 
rating, the Company’s business would be materially adversely 
affected in the same manner as if it received a conditional or 
unsatisfactory  safety  rating  under  the  current  regulations.  In 
addition, poor safety performance could lead to increased risk 
of liability, increased insurance, maintenance and equipment 
costs and potential loss of customers, which could materially 
adversely  affect  the  Company’s  business,  financial  condition 
and results of operations. 

The U.S. National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, the 
Environmental  Protection  Agency  and  certain  U.S.  states, 
including California, have adopted regulations that are aimed 
at reducing tractor emissions and/or increasing fuel economy 
of  the  equipment  the  Company  uses.  Certain  of  these 
regulations  are  currently  effective,  with  stricter  emission  and 
fuel  economy  standards  becoming  effective  over  the  next 
several  years.  Other  regulations  have  been  proposed  in  the 
United  States  that  would  similarly  increase  these  standards. 
The effects of these regulations have been and may continue 
to  be  increases  in  new  tractor  and  trailer  prices,  additional 
parts  and  maintenance  costs,  impaired  productivity  and 
uncertainty  as  to  the  reliability  of  the  newly-designed  diesel 
engines and the residual values of the Company’s equipment. 
Such effects could materially adversely affect the Company’s 
business,  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations. 
Furthermore,  any  future  regulations  that  impose  restrictions, 
caps,  taxes  or  other  controls  on  emissions  of  greenhouse 
gases  could  adversely  affect  the  Company’s  operations  and 
financial results. 

In March 2014, the U.S. Ninth Circuit Court of Appeals held 
that the application of California state wage and hour laws to 
interstate truck drivers is not pre-empted by U.S. federal law. 
The  case  was  appealed  to  the  U.S.  Supreme  Court,  which 
denied  certiorari  in  May 2015,  and  accordingly,  the  Ninth 
Circuit Court of Appeals decision stands. Current and future 
U.S.  state  and  local  wage  and  hour  laws,  including  laws 
related  to  employee  meal  breaks  and  rest  periods,  may  vary 
significantly from U.S. federal law. As a result, the Company, 
along  with  other  companies  in  the  industry,  is  subject  to  an 
uneven  patchwork  of  wage  and  hour  laws  throughout  the 
United States. There is proposed federal legislation to solidify 
the  pre-emption  of  state  and  local  wage  and  hour  laws 
applied  to  interstate  truck  drivers;  however,  passage  of  such 
legislation is uncertain. If U.S. federal legislation is not passed, 
the Company will either need to continue complying with the 
most  restrictive  state  and  local  laws  across  its  entire  fleet  in 
the  United  States,  or  revise  its  management  systems  to 
comply  with  varying  state  and  local  laws.  Either  solution 

 
could  result  in  increased  compliance  and  labour  costs,  driver 
turnover and decreased efficiency. 

Changes  in  existing  regulations  and  implementation  of  new 
regulations,  such  as  those  related  to  trailer  size  limits, 
emissions  and  fuel  economy,  hours  of  service,  mandating 
electronic  logging  devices  and  drug  and  alcohol  testing  in 
Canada,  the  United  States  and  Mexico,  could  increase 
capacity  in  the  industry  or  improve  the  position  of  certain 
competitors,  either  of  which  could  negatively  impact  pricing 
and  volumes  or  require  additional  investments  by  the 
Company. The short-term and long-term impacts of changes 
in  legislation  or  regulations  are  difficult  to  predict  and  could 
materially  adversely  affect 
results  of 
operations. 

the  Company’s 

The right to continue to hold applicable licenses and permits 
is  generally  subject  to  maintaining  satisfactory  compliance 
with  regulatory  and  safety  guidelines,  policies  and  laws. 
Although  the  Company  is  committed  to  compliance  with 
laws  and  safety,  there  is  no  assurance  that  it  will  be  in  full 
compliance  with  them  at  all  times.  Consequently,  at  some 
future  time,  the  Company  could  be  required  to  incur 
significant costs to maintain or improve its compliance record. 

to  and 

transportation 

the  Company’s 

international  operations 

the 
International  Operations.  A  growing  portion  of 
Company’s revenue is derived from operations in the United 
States  and 
from  Mexico.  The 
Company’s international operations are subject to a variety of 
risks,  including  fluctuations  in  foreign  currencies,  changes  in 
the  economic  strength  or  greater  volatility  in  the  economies 
of  foreign  countries  in  which  the  Company  does  business, 
difficulties  in  enforcing  contractual  rights  and  intellectual 
property  rights,  compliance  burdens  associated  with  export 
and import laws, and social, political and economic instability. 
The  Company’s  international  operations  could  be  adversely 
affected  by  restrictions  on  travel.  Additional  risks  associated 
with 
include 
restrictive  trade  policies,  imposition  of  duties,  changes  to 
trade  agreements  and  other  treaties,  taxes  or  government 
royalties  by  foreign  governments,  adverse  changes  in  the 
regulatory  environments, 
laws  and 
regulations,  of  the  foreign  countries  in  which  the  Company 
does  business,  compliance  with  anti-corruption  and  anti-
bribery  laws,  restrictions  on  the  withdrawal  of  foreign 
investments,  the  ability  to  identify  and  retain  qualified  local 
managers  and  the  challenge  of  managing  a  culturally  and 
geographically  diverse  operation.  The  Company  cannot 
guarantee compliance with all applicable laws, and violations 
could  result  in  substantial  fines,  sanctions,  civil  or  criminal 
penalties,  competitive  or  reputational  harm,  litigation  or 
regulatory  action  and  other  consequences  that  might 
adversely affect the Company’s results of operations. 

including 

tax 

in 

Recent  activity  by  the  Trump  Administration  has  led  to  the 
imposition of tariffs on certain imported steel and aluminum. 
The implementation of these tariffs, as well as the imposition 
of  additional  tariffs  or  quotas  or  changes  to  certain  trade 
agreements could, among other things, increase the costs of 
the  materials  used  by  the  Company’s  suppliers  to  produce 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

31 

new  revenue  equipment  or  increase  the  price  of  fuel.  Such 
cost 
increases  for  the  Company’s  revenue  equipment 
suppliers would likely be passed on to the Company, and to 
the extent fuel prices increase, the Company may not be able 
to  fully  recover  such  increases  through  rate  increases  or  the 
Company’s  fuel  surcharge  program,  either  of  which  could 
have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business. 

In December 2017, the United States enacted comprehensive 
tax  legislation,  commonly  referred  to  as  the  2017  Tax  Cuts 
and  Jobs  Act.  The  new  law  requires  complex  computations 
not  previously  required  by  U.S.  tax  law.  As  such,  the 
application of accounting guidance for such items is currently 
uncertain.  Further,  compliance  with  the  new  law  and  the 
accounting  for  such  provisions  require  preparation  and 
analysis  of  information  not  previously  required  or  regularly 
produced.  In  addition,  the  U.S.  Department  of  Treasury  has 
broad  authority  to 
interpretative 
guidance that may significantly impact how the Company will 
apply  the 
impact  the  Company’s  results  of 
operations  in  future  periods.  The  timing  and  scope  of  such 
regulations  and  interpretative  guidance  are  uncertain.  In 
addition, there is a risk that states within the United States or 
foreign jurisdictions may amend their tax laws in response to 
these tax reforms, which could have a material adverse effect 
on the Company’s results.  

issue  regulations  and 

law  and 

In addition, if the Company is unable to maintain its Free and 
Secure  Trade  (“FAST”)  and  U.S.  Customs  Trade  Partnership 
Against  Terrorism  (“C-TPAT”)  certification  statuses,  it  may 
have  significant  border  delays,  which  could  cause  its  cross-
border  operations  to  be 
less  efficient  than  those  of 
competitor  truckload  carriers  that  obtain  or  continue  to 
maintain FAST and C-TPAT certifications. 

Operating  Environment  and  Seasonality.  The  Company  is 
exposed to the following factors, among others, affecting its 
operating environment: 

• 

• 

• 

the  Company’s  future  insurance  and  claims  expense, 
including the cost of its liability insurance premiums and 
the  number  and  dollar  amount  of  claims,  may  exceed 
historical  levels,  which  would  require  the  Company  to 
incur  additional  costs  and  could  reduce  the  Company’s 
earnings;  

a  decline  in  the  demand  for  used  revenue  equipment 
could  result  in  decreased  equipment  sales,  lower  resale 
values  and  lower  gains  (or  recording  losses)  on  sales  of 
assets; 

trailer 

reduce 

vendors  may 

their 
tractor  and 
manufacturing  output  in  response  to  lower  demand  for 
their  products  in  economic  downturns  or  shortages  of 
component  parts,  which  may  materially  adversely  affect 
the  Company’s  ability  to  purchase  a  quantity  of  new 
revenue equipment that is sufficient to sustain its desired 
growth rate; and 

2018 Annual Report 

 
32  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 

• 

increased  prices  for  new  revenue  equipment,  design 
changes  of  new  engines,  reduced  equipment  efficiency 
resulting 
reduce 
emissions,  or  decreased  availability  of  new  revenue 
equipment. 

from  new  engines  designed 

to 

season  because 

inclement  weather 

The  Company’s  tractor  productivity  decreases  during  the 
winter 
impedes 
operations  and  some  shippers  reduce  their  shipments  after 
the  winter  holiday  season.  Revenue  may  also  be  adversely 
affected by inclement weather and holidays, since revenue is 
directly  related  to  available  working  days  of  shippers.  At  the 
same  time,  operating  expenses  increase  and  fuel  efficiency 
declines because of engine idling and harsh weather creating 
higher  accident  frequency,  increased  claims  and  higher 
equipment repair expenditures. The Company also may suffer 
from  weather-related  or  other  unforeseen  events  such  as 
tornadoes,  hurricanes,  blizzards,  ice  storms,  floods,  fires, 
earthquakes  and  explosions.  These  events  may  disrupt  fuel 
supplies,  increase  fuel  costs,  disrupt  freight  shipments  or 
routes,  affect  regional  economies,  damage  or  destroy  the 
Company’s assets or adversely affect the business or financial 
condition  of  the  Company’s  customers,  any  of  which  could 
materially  adversely  affect 
results  of 
operations  or  make  the  Company’s  results  of  operations 
more volatile. 

the  Company’s 

General  Economic,  Credit,  and  Business  Conditions.  The 
Company’s  business  is  subject  to  general  economic,  credit, 
business  and  regulatory  factors  that  are  largely  beyond  the 
Company’s control, and which could have a material adverse 
effect on the Company’s operating results. 

The  Company’s  industry  is  subject  to  cyclical  pressures,  and 
the Company’s business is dependent on a number of factors 
that  may  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  its  results  of 
operations,  many  of  which  are  beyond  the  Company’s 
control.  The  Company  believes  that  some  of  the  most 
significant of these factors include (i) excess tractor and trailer 
capacity  in  the  transportation  industry  in  comparison  with 
shipping  demand;  (ii) declines  in  the  resale  value  of  used 
equipment;  (iii) strikes,  work  stoppages  or  work  slowdowns 
at  the  Company’s  facilities  or  at  customer,  port,  border 
crossing  or  other  shipping-related  facilities;  and  (iv) increases 
in  interest  rates,  fuel  taxes,  tolls  and  license  and  registration 
fees. 

The  Company  is  also  affected  by  (i) recessionary  economic 
cycles, which tend to be characterized by weak demand and 
downward  pressure  on  rates;  (ii) changes  in  customers’ 
inventory  levels  and  in  the  availability  of  funding  for  their 
working  capital;  (iii) changes  in  the  way  in  which  the 
Company’s  customers  choose  to  source  or  utilize  the 
Company’s  services;  and 
in  customers’ 
business cycles, such as retail and manufacturing, where the 
Company  has  significant  customer  concentration.  Economic 
conditions may adversely affect customers and their demand 
for and ability to pay for the Company’s services. Customers 
encountering  adverse  economic  conditions  represent  a 

(iv) downturns 

TFI International 

greater potential for loss and the Company may be required 
to increase its allowance for doubtful accounts. 

Economic  conditions  that  decrease  shipping  demand  and 
increase the supply of available tractors and trailers can exert 
downward  pressure  on  rates  and  equipment  utilization, 
thereby  decreasing  asset  productivity.  The  risks  associated 
with  these  factors  are  heightened  when  the  economy  is 
weakened.  Some  of  the  principal  risks  during  such  times 
include: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

the  Company  may  experience  a  reduction  in  overall 
freight  levels,  which  may  impair  the  Company’s  asset 
utilization; 

freight  patterns  may  change  as  supply  chains  are 
redesigned,  resulting  in  an  imbalance  between  the 
Company’s  capacity  and  assets  and  customers’  freight 
demand; 

the Company may be forced to accept more loads from 
freight brokers, where freight rates are typically lower, or 
may  be  forced  to  incur  more  non-revenue  generating 
miles to obtain loads; 

the  Company  may  increase  the  size  of  its  fleet  during 
periods  of  high  freight  demand  during  which 
its 
competitors  also 
increase  their  capacity,  and  the 
Company may experience losses in greater amounts than 
such  competitors  during  subsequent  cycles  of  softened 
freight demand if the Company is required to dispose of 
assets at a loss to match reduced freight demand; 

customers  may  solicit  bids  for  freight  from  multiple 
trucking  companies  or  select  competitors  that  offer 
lower  rates  in  an  attempt  to  lower  their  costs,  and  the 
Company may be forced to lower its rates or lose freight; 
and 

lack  of  access  to  current  sources  of  credit  or  lack  of 
lender access to capital, leading to an inability to secure 
credit financing on satisfactory terms, or at all. 

reduce 

that  could  materially 

The Company is subject to cost increases that are outside the 
Company’s  control 
the 
Company’s  profitability  if  it  is  unable  to  increase  its  rates 
sufficiently.  Such  cost  increases  include,  but  are  not  limited 
to,  increases  in  fuel  and  energy  prices,  driver  and  office 
employee  wages,  purchased  transportation  costs,  taxes, 
interest  rates,  tolls,  license  and  registration  fees,  insurance 
premiums  and  claims,  revenue  equipment  and  related 
maintenance,  and  tires  and  other  components.  Strikes  or 
other work stoppages at the Company’s service centres or at 
customer,  port,  border  or  other 
locations, 
deterioration  of Canada, the U.S. and Mexico transportation 
infrastructure and reduced investment in such infrastructure, 
or  actual  or  threatened  armed  conflicts  or  terrorist  attacks, 
efforts  to  combat  terrorism,  military  action  against  a  foreign 
state  or  group  located  in  a  foreign  state  or  heightened 
security requirements could lead to wear, tear and damage to 

shipping 

 
the  Company’s  equipment,  driver  dissatisfaction,  reduced 
economic  demand,  reduced  availability  of  credit,  increased 
prices for fuel or temporary closing of the shipping locations 
or  borders  between  Canada,  the  United  States  and  Mexico. 
Further,  the  Company  may  not  be  able  to  appropriately 
adjust  its  costs  and  staffing  levels  to  meet  changing  market 
demands.  In  periods  of  rapid  change,  it  is  more  difficult  to 
match the Company’s staffing level to its business needs. 

The  Company’s  operations,  with  the  exception  of 
its 
brokerage operations, are capital intensive and asset heavy. If 
anticipated demand differs materially from actual usage, the 
Company  may  have  too  many  or  too  few  assets.  During 
periods of decreased customer demand, the Company’s asset 
utilization may suffer, and it may be forced to sell equipment 
on  the  open  market  or  turn  in  equipment  under  certain 
equipment  leases  in  order  to  right  size  its  fleet.  This  could 
cause  the  Company  to  incur  losses  on  such  sales  or  require 
payments in connection with equipment the  Company turns 
in,  particularly  during  times  of  a  softer  used  equipment 
market, either of which could have a material adverse effect 
on the Company’s profitability. 

Although  the  Company’s  business  volume  is  not  highly 
concentrated,  its  customers’  financial  failures  or  loss  of 
customer  business  may  materially  adversely  affect  the 
Company. If the Company were unable to generate sufficient 
cash  from  operations,  it  would  need  to  seek  alternative 
sources  of  capital,  including  financing,  to  meet  its  capital 
requirements. In the event that the Company were unable to 
generate  sufficient  cash  from  operations  or  obtain  financing 
on favourable terms in the future, it may have to limit its fleet 
size,  enter  into  less  favourable  financing  arrangements  or 
operate  its  revenue  equipment  for  longer  periods,  any  of 
which  could  have  a  materially  adverse  effect  on 
its 
profitability. 

Interest  Rate  Fluctuations.  Changes  in  interest  rates  may 
result  in  fluctuations  in  the  Company’s  future  cash  flows 
related  to  variable-rate  financial  liabilities.  Future  cash  flows 
related  to  variable-rate  financial  liabilities  could  be  impacted 
by changes in benchmark rates such as Bankers’ Acceptance 
or  London  Interbank  Offered  Rate  (Libor).  In  addition,  the 
Company is exposed to gains and losses arising from changes 
in  interest  rates  through  its  derivative  financial  instruments 
carried at fair value. 

Currency  Fluctuations.  Significant  fluctuations  in  relative 
currency  values  against  the  Canadian  dollar  could  have  a 
significant impact on the Company’s future  profitability. The 
Company’s  financial  results  are  reported  in  Canadian  dollars 
and  a  growing  portion  of  the  Company’s  revenue  and 
operating  costs  are  realized  in  currencies  other  than  the 
Canadian dollar, primarily the U.S. dollar. The exchange rates 
between  these  currencies  and  the  Canadian  dollar  have 
fluctuated in recent years and will likely continue to do so in 
the  future.  It  is  not  possible  to  mitigate  all  exposure  to 
fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. The results of 
operations  are  therefore  affected  by  movements  of  these 
currencies against the Canadian dollar. 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

33 

futures 

Price  and  Availability  of  Fuel.  Fuel  is  one  of  the  Company’s 
largest operating expenses. Diesel fuel prices fluctuate greatly 
due  to  factors  beyond  the  Company’s  control,  such  as 
political  events,  commodity 
trading,  currency 
fluctuations,  natural  man-made  disasters,  terrorist  activities 
and armed conflicts any of which may lead to an increase in 
the  cost  of  fuel.  Fuel  prices  are  also  affected  by  the  rising 
demand  for  fuel  in  developing  countries  and  could  be 
materially  adversely  affected  by  the  use  of  crude  oil  and  oil 
reserves  for  purposes  other  than  fuel  production  and  by 
diminished drilling activity. Such events may lead not only to 
increases  in  fuel  prices,  but  also  to  fuel  shortages  and 
disruptions  in  the  fuel  supply  chain.  Because  the  Company’s 
operations  are  dependent  upon  diesel  fuel,  significant  diesel 
fuel cost increases, shortages or supply disruptions could have 
a  material  adverse  effect  on  the  Company’s  business, 
financial condition and results of operations. 

While  the  Company  has  fuel  surcharge  programs  in  place 
with  a  majority  of  the  Company’s  customers,  which 
historically  have  helped  the  Company  offset  the  majority  of 
the  negative  impact  of  rising  fuel  prices,  the  Company  also 
incurs fuel costs that cannot be recovered even with respect 
to  customers  with  which  the  Company  maintains  fuel 
surcharge  programs,  such  as  those  associated  with  non-
revenue  generating  miles  or  time  when  the  Company’s 
engines  are  idling.  Moreover,  the  terms  of  each  customer’s 
fuel  surcharge  program  vary  from  one  division  to  another, 
and the recoverability for fuel price increases varies as well. In 
addition, because the Company’s fuel surcharge recovery lags 
behind changes in fuel prices, the Company’s fuel surcharge 
recovery  may  not  capture  the  increased  costs  the  Company 
pays for fuel, especially when prices are rising. This could lead 
to  fluctuations  in  the  Company’s  levels  of  reimbursement, 
such as has occurred in the past. There can be no assurance 
that  such  fuel  surcharges  can  be  maintained  indefinitely  or 
that they will be fully effective. 

Insurance.  The  Company’s  operations  are  subject  to  risks 
inherent  in  the  transportation  sector,  including  personal 
injury,  property  damage,  workers’  compensation  and 
employment  and  other 
issues.  The  Company’s  future 
insurance  and  claims  expenses  may  exceed  historical  levels, 
which  could  reduce  the  Company’s  earnings.  The  Company 
subscribes  for  insurance  in  amounts  it  considers  appropriate 
in  the  circumstances  and  having  regard  to  industry  norms. 
Like  many  in  the  industry,  the  Company  self-insures  a 
significant  portion  of  the  claims  exposure  related  to  cargo 
loss,  bodily  injury,  workers’  compensation  and  property 
damages.  Due  to  the  Company’s  significant  self-insured 
amounts,  the  Company  has  exposure  to  fluctuations  in  the 
number or severity of claims and the risk of being required to 
accrue or pay additional amounts if the Company’s estimates 
are  revised  or  claims  ultimately  prove  to  be  in  excess  of  the 
amounts  originally  assessed.  Further,  the  Company’s  self-
insured  retention  levels  could  change  and  result  in  more 
volatility than in recent years. 

2018 Annual Report 

 
34  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 

limit  policies  for  automobile  bodily 

The Company holds a fully-fronted policy of $10 million limit 
per occurrence for automobile bodily injury, property damage 
and  commercial  general  liability  for  its  Canadian  Insurance 
Program  (subject  to  certain  exceptions)  and  a  deductible  of 
$2 million  for  certain  U.S.  subsidiaries  on  their  primary 
$10 million 
injury, 
property  damage  and  commercial  general  liability.  The 
Company  retains  deductibles  of  up  to  $1 million  per 
said 
occurrence 
deductibles  making  the  Company’s  insurance  and  claims 
expense  higher  or  more  volatile  than  if  it  maintained  lower 
retentions.  The  Company’s  liability  coverage  has  a  total  limit 
of $100 million per occurrence. 

for  workers’ 

compensation 

claims, 

Although the Company believes its aggregate insurance limits 
should be sufficient to cover reasonably expected claims, it is 
possible that the amount of one or more claims could exceed 
the  Company’s  aggregate  coverage 
limits  or  that  the 
Company  will  chose  not  to  obtain  insurance  in  respect  of 
such  claims.  If  any  claim  were  to  exceed  the  Company’s 
coverage, the Company would bear the excess, in addition to 
the  Company’s  other  self-insured  amounts.  The  Company’s 
results  of  operations  and  financial  condition  could  be 
materially  and  adversely  affected 
(i) cost  per  claim, 
premiums  or  the  number  of  claims  significantly  exceeds  the 
Company’s  coverage  limits  or  retention  amounts;  (ii) the 
Company experiences a claim in excess of its coverage limits; 
(iii) the  Company’s  insurance  carriers  fail  to  pay  on  the 
Company’s insurance claims; or (iv) the Company experiences 
a  claim  for  which  coverage  is  not  provided,  either  because 
the  Company  chose  not  to  obtain  insurance  as  a  result  of 
high  premiums  or  because  the  claim  is  not  covered  by 
insurance which the Company has in place. 

if 

The  Company  accrues  the  costs  of  the  uninsured  portion  of 
pending  claims  based  on  estimates  derived  from  the 
Company’s evaluation of the nature and severity of individual 
claims  and  an  estimate  of  future  claims  development  based 
upon historical claims development trends. Actual settlement 
of  the  Company’s  retained  claim  liabilities  could  differ  from 
its  estimates  due  to  a  number  of  uncertainties,  including 
evaluation  of  severity,  legal  costs  and  claims  that  have  been 
incurred  but  not  reported.  Due  to  the  Company’s  high 
retained  amounts,  it  has  significant  exposure  to  fluctuations 
in  the  number  and  severity  of  claims.  If  the  Company  were 
required  to  accrue  or  pay  additional  amounts  because  its 
estimates  are  revised  or  the  claims  ultimately  prove  to  be 
more  severe  than  originally  assessed,  its  financial  condition 
and  results  of  operations  may  be  materially  adversely 
affected. 

Employee Relations. The Company’s unionized employees are 
all Canadian employees, and the Company does not currently 
have  union  contracts  in  place  with  respect  to  any  of  the 
Company’s  U.S.  operations.  Although  the  Company  believes 
that  its  relations  with  its  employees  are  satisfactory,  no 
assurance  can  be  given  that  the  Company  will  be  able  to 
successfully  extend  or  renegotiate  the  Company’s  current 
collective agreements as they expire from time to time or that 

TFI International 

employees in the United States will not attempts to unionize. 
If the Company fails to extend or renegotiate the Company’s 
collective agreements, if disputes with the Company’s unions 
arise,  or  if  the  Company’s  unionized  or  non-unionized 
workers  engage  in  a  strike  or  other  work  stoppage  or 
interruption,  the  Company  could  experience  a  significant 
disruption  of,  or  inefficiencies  in,  its  operations  or  incur 
higher  labour  costs,  which  could  have  a  material  adverse 
effect  on  the  Company’s  business,  results  of  operations, 
financial condition and liquidity. 

At  the  date  hereof,  the  collective  agreements  between  the 
Company  and  the  vast  majority  of  its  unionized  employees 
have been renewed. The renewed collective agreements have 
a  variety  of  expiration  dates,  ranging  from  December 31, 
2018  to  June 30,  2023.  The  Company  cannot  predict  the 
effect which any new collective agreements or the failure to 
enter  into  such  agreements  upon  the  expiry  of  the  current 
agreements may have on its operations. 

Drivers.  Increases  in  driver  compensation  or  difficulties 
attracting  and  retaining  qualified  drivers  could  have  a 
material  adverse  effect  on  the  Company’s  profitability  and 
the ability to maintain or grow the Company’s fleet. 

companies  will 

in  the  transportation  sector,  the  Company 
Like  many 
experiences  substantial  difficulty  in  attracting  and  retaining 
sufficient  numbers  of  qualified  drivers.  The  truckload  (TL) 
industry  periodically  experiences  a  shortage  of  qualified 
drivers.  The  Company  believes  the  shortage  of  qualified 
drivers  and  intense  competition  for  drivers  from  other 
transportation 
in 
maintaining  or  increasing  the  number  of  drivers  and  may 
impact  the  Company’s  ability  to  engage  a 
negatively 
sufficient  number  of  drivers,  and  the  Company’s  inability  to 
do  so  may  negatively  impact  its  operations.  Further,  the 
compensation 
its  drivers  and 
independent  contractor  expenses  are  subject  to  market 
conditions,  and  the  Company  may  find  it  necessary  to 
increase  driver  and  independent  contractor  compensation  in 
future periods. 

the  Company  offers 

create  difficulties 

to  operate  existing 

the  Company  and  many  other 

trucking 
In  addition, 
companies  suffer  from  a  high  turnover  rate  of  drivers  in  the 
U.S. TL market. This high turnover rate requires the Company 
to  continually  recruit  a  substantial  number  of  new  drivers  in 
revenue  equipment.  Driver 
order 
shortages  are  exacerbated  during  periods  of  economic 
expansion,  in  which  alternative  employment  opportunities, 
including  in  the  construction  and  manufacturing  industries, 
which  may  offer  better  compensation  and/or  more  time  at 
home,  are  more  plentiful  and  freight  demand  increases,  or 
during  periods  of  economic  downturns, 
in  which 
unemployment  benefits  might  be  extended  and  financing  is 
limited  for  independent  contractors  who  seek  to  purchase 
equipment,  or  the  scarcity  or  growth  of  loans  for  students 
who  seek  financial  aid  for  driving  school.  The  lack  of 
adequate  tractor  parking  along  some  U.S.  highways  and 
congestion caused by inadequate highway funding may make 
it  more  difficult  for  drivers  to  comply  with  hours  of  service 

 
regulations  and  cause  added  stress  for  drivers,  further 
reducing  the  pool  of  eligible  drivers.  The  Company’s  use  of 
team-driven  tractors  for  expedited  shipments  requires  two 
drivers  per  tractor,  which  further  increases  the  number  of 
drivers the Company must recruit and retain in comparison to 
operations  that  require  one  driver  per  tractor.  The  Company 
also  employs  driver  hiring  standards,  which  could  further 
reduce the pool of available drivers from which the Company 
would  hire.  If  the  Company  is  unable  to  continue  to  attract 
and retain a sufficient number of drivers, the Company could 
be  forced  to,  among  other  things,  adjust  the  Company’s 
compensation  packages, 
the 
Company’s  tractors  without  drivers  or  operate  with  fewer 
trucks  and  face  difficulty  meeting  shipper  demands,  any  of 
which  could  adversely  affect  the  Company’s  growth  and 
profitability. 

the  number  of 

increase 

Independent Contractors. The Company’s contracts with U.S. 
independent contractors are governed by U.S. federal leasing 
regulations,  which  impose  specific  requirements  on  the 
Company and the independent contractors. If more stringent 
regulations  are  adopted,  U.S. 
U.S. 
independent  contractors  could  be  deterred  from  becoming 
independent  contractor  drivers,  which  could  materially 
adversely  affect  the  Company’s  goal  of  maintaining  its 
current fleet levels of independent contractors. 

leasing 

federal 

financing 

The  Company  provides 
to  certain  qualified 
Canadian  independent  contractors  and  financial  guarantees 
to  a  small  number  of  U.S.  independent  contractors.  If  the 
Company  were  unable  to  provide  such  financing  or 
guarantees in the future, due to liquidity constraints or other 
restrictions,  it  may  experience  a  decrease  in  the  number  of 
independent  contractors  it  is  able  to  engage.  Further,  if 
independent contractors the Company engages default under 
or  otherwise  terminate  the  financing  arrangements  and  the 
Company 
independent 
contractors or seat the tractors with its drivers, the Company 
may incur losses on amounts owed to it with respect to such 
tractors. 

is  unable  to  find  replacement 

Pursuant  to  the  Company’s  fuel  surcharge  program  with 
independent  contractors,  the  Company  pays  independent 
contractors  with  which  it  contracts  a  fuel  surcharge  that 
increases  with  the  increase  in  fuel  prices.  A  significant 
increase  or  rapid  fluctuation  in  fuel  prices  could  cause  the 
Company’s  costs  under  this  program  to  be  higher  than  the 
revenue  the  Company  receives  under  its  customer  fuel 
surcharge programs. 

themselves,  have 

U.S.  tax  and  other  regulatory  authorities,  as  well  as  U.S. 
independent  contractors 
increasingly 
asserted  that  U.S.  independent  contractor  drivers  in  the 
trucking  industry  are  employees  rather  than  independent 
contractors, and the Company’s classification of independent 
contractors has been the subject of audits by such authorities 
from  time  to  time.  U.S.  federal 
legislation  has  been 
introduced in the past that would make it easier for tax and 
other  authorities  to  reclassify  independent  contractors  as 
the 
employees, 

legislation 

including 

increase 

to 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

35 

for 

those 

requirements 

reclassification  of 

that  engage 
recordkeeping 
independent  contractor  drivers  and  to  increase  the  penalties 
for companies who misclassify their employees and are found 
to  have  violated  employees’  overtime  and/or  wage 
legislators  have 
requirements.  Additionally,  U.S.  federal 
sought to abolish the current safe harbor allowing taxpayers 
meeting  certain  criteria  to  treat  individuals  as  independent 
contractors if they are following a long-standing, recognized 
practice,  to  extend  the  U.S.  Fair  Labor  Standards  Act  to 
independent  contractors  and  to  impose  notice  requirements 
based  on  employment  or  independent  contractor  status  and 
fines  for  failure  to  comply.  Some  U.S.  states  have  put 
initiatives  in  place  to  increase  their  revenue  from  items  such 
as unemployment, workers’ compensation and income taxes, 
and  a 
independent  contractors  as 
employees would help states with this initiative. Further, U.S. 
class  actions  and  other  lawsuits  have  been  filed  against 
certain  members  of  the  Company’s  industry  seeking  to 
reclassify independent contractors as employees for a variety 
of  purposes,  including  workers’  compensation  and  health 
care coverage. In addition, companies that use lease purchase 
independent  contractor  programs,  such  as  the  Company, 
have  been  more  susceptible  to  reclassification  lawsuits,  and 
several  recent  decisions  have  been  made  in  favour  of  those 
seeking  to  classify  independent  contractor  truck  drivers  as 
employees.  U.S.  taxing  and  other  regulatory  authorities  and 
courts  apply  a  variety  of  standards  in  their  determination  of 
independent contractor status. If the independent contractors 
with  whom  the  Company  contracts  are  determined  to  be 
employees,  the  Company  would  incur  additional  exposure 
under  U.S.  federal  and  state  tax,  workers’  compensation, 
unemployment  benefits,  labour,  employment  and  tort  laws, 
including  for  prior  periods,  as  well  as  potential  liability  for 
employee benefits and tax withholdings, and the Company’s 
business,  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations  could 
be materially adversely affected. 

to  successfully 

Acquisitions  and  Integration  Risks.  Historically,  acquisitions 
have  been  a  part  of  the  Company’s  growth  strategy.  The 
Company  may  not  be  able 
integrate 
acquisitions  into  the  Company’s  business,  or  may  incur 
significant unexpected costs in doing so. Further, the process 
of  integrating  acquired  businesses  may  be  disruptive  to  the 
Company’s  existing  business  and  may  cause  an  interruption 
or  reduction  of  the  Company’s  business  as  a  result  of  the 
following factors, among others: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

loss of drivers, key employees, customers or contracts; 

in  or 

inconsistencies 

possible 
conflicts  between 
standards,  controls,  procedures  and  policies  among  the 
implement 
combined  companies  and  the  need  to 
company-wide 
information 
financial, 
technology and other systems; 

accounting, 

failure  to  maintain  or  improve  the  safety  or  quality  of 
services that have historically been provided; 

inability  to  retain,  integrate,  hire  or  recruit  qualified 
employees; 

2018 Annual Report 

 
36  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 

• 

• 

• 

unanticipated environmental or other liabilities; 

failure 
organizations; and 

to 

coordinate 

geographically 

dispersed 

the  diversion  of  management’s  attention  from  the 
Company’s day-to-day business as a result of the need to 
manage any disruptions and difficulties and the need to 
add management resources to do so. 

Anticipated cost savings, synergies, revenue enhancements or 
other  benefits  from  any  acquisitions  that  the  Company 
undertakes may not materialize in the expected timeframe or 
at  all.  The  Company’s  estimated  cost  savings,  synergies, 
revenue  enhancements  and  other  benefits  from  acquisitions 
are  subject  to  a  number  of  assumptions  about  the  timing, 
execution  and  costs  associated  with  realizing  such  synergies. 
Such assumptions are inherently uncertain and are subject to 
a  wide  variety  of  significant  business,  economic  and 
competition  risks.  There  can  be  no  assurance  that  such 
assumptions  will  turn  out  to  be  correct  and,  as  a  result,  the 
amount  of  cost  savings,  synergies,  revenue  enhancements 
and  other  benefits  the  Company  actually  realizes  and/or  the 
timing of such realization may differ significantly (and may be 
significantly  lower)  from  the  ones  the  Company  estimated, 
and the Company may incur significant costs in reaching the 
estimated  cost  savings,  synergies,  revenue  enhancements  or 
other benefits. 

Many of the Company’s recent acquisitions have involved the 
purchase  of  stock  of  existing  companies.  These  acquisitions, 
as  well  as  acquisitions  of  substantially  all  of  the  assets  of  a 
company,  may  expose  the  Company  to  liability  for  actions 
taken  by  an  acquired  business  and  its  management  before 
the  Company’s  acquisition.  The  due  diligence  the  Company 
conducts 
in  connection  with  an  acquisition  and  any 
contractual  guarantees  or  indemnities  that  the  Company 
receives  from  the  sellers  of  acquired  companies  may  not  be 
sufficient  to  protect  the  Company  from,  or  compensate  the 
Company  for,  actual  liabilities.  The  representations  made  by 
the  sellers  expire  at  varying  periods  after  the  closing.  A 
material  liability  associated  with  an  acquisition,  especially 
where  there  is  no  right  to  indemnification,  could  adversely 
affect 
financial 
condition and liquidity. 

results  of  operations, 

the  Company’s 

that  meet 

The  Company  intends  to  continue  to  review  acquisition  and 
investment  opportunities  in  order  to  acquire  companies  and 
assets 
investment  criteria. 
the  Company’s 
Depending  on  the  number  of  acquisitions  and  investments 
and  funding  requirements,  the  Company  may  need  to  raise 
substantial  additional  capital  and  increase  the  Company’s 
indebtedness. Instability or disruptions in the capital markets, 
including  credit  markets,  or  the  deterioration  of  the 
Company’s  financial  condition  due  to  internal  or  external 
factors, could restrict or prohibit access to the capital markets 
and could also increase the Company’s cost of capital. To the 
extent the Company raises additional capital through the sale 
of  equity,  equity-linked  or  convertible  debt  securities,  the 
issuance  of  such  securities  could  result  in  dilution  to  the 

TFI International 

Company’s  existing  shareholders.  If  the  Company  raises 
additional  funds  through  the  issuance  of  debt  securities,  the 
terms  of  such  debt  could  impose  additional  restrictions  and 
costs  on  the  Company’s  operations.  Additional  capital,  if 
required, may not be available on acceptable terms or at all. If 
the  Company  is  unable  to  obtain  additional  capital  at  a 
reasonable  cost,  the  Company  may  be  required  to  forego 
potential  acquisitions,  which  could  impair  the  execution  of 
the Company’s growth strategy. 

In  addition,  the  Company  faces  competition  for  acquisition 
opportunities.  This  external  competition  may  hinder  the 
Company’s  ability  to  identify  and/or  consummate  future 
acquisitions successfully. There is also a risk of impairment of 
acquired  goodwill  and 
intangible  assets.  This  risk  of 
impairment  to  goodwill  and  intangible  assets  exists  because 
the assumptions used in the initial valuation, such as interest 
rates or forecasted cash flows, may change when testing for 
impairment is required. 

There is no assurance that the Company will be successful in 
identifying,  negotiating,  consummating  or  integrating  any 
future acquisitions. If the Company does not make any future 
acquisitions,  the  Company’s  growth  rate  could  be  materially 
and adversely affected. Any future acquisitions the Company 
does  undertake  could  involve  the  dilutive  issuance  of  equity 
securities or the incurring of additional indebtedness. 

Environmental  Matters.  The  Company  uses  storage  tanks  at 
certain  of  its  Canadian  and  U.S.  transportation  terminals. 
Canadian  and  U.S.  laws  and  regulations  generally  impose 
potential  liability  on  the  present  and  former  owners  or 
occupants  or 
custodians  of  properties  on  which 
contamination  has  occurred.  Although  the  Company  is  not 
aware  of  any  contamination  which,  if  remediation  or  clean-
up were required, would have a material adverse effect on it, 
certain  facilities  have  been  in  operation  for  many  years  and 
over such time, the Company or the prior owners, operators 
or  custodians  of  the  properties  may  have  generated  and 
disposed  of  wastes  which  are  or  may  be  considered 
hazardous.  Liability  may  be  imposed  without  regard  to 
whether  the  Company  knew  of,  or  was  responsible  for,  the 
presence  or  disposal  of  them.  In  addition,  the  presence  of 
those  substances,  or  the  failure  to  properly  dispose  of  or 
remove 
the 
Company’s ability to sell  or rent that property. There can be 
no assurance that the Company will not be required at some 
future  date  to  incur  significant  costs  to  comply  with 
environmental  laws,  or  that  the  Company’s  operations, 
business or assets will not be material affected by current or 
future environmental laws. 

substances,  may  adversely  affect 

those 

The  Company’s  transportation  operations  and  its  properties 
are  subject  to  extensive  and  frequently-changing  federal, 
provincial,  state,  municipal  and  local  environmental  laws, 
regulations  and  requirements  in  Canada,  the  United  States 
and  Mexico  relating  to,  among  other  things,  air  emissions, 
the  management  of  contaminants,  including  hazardous 
substances  and  other  materials  (including  the  generation, 
handling,  storage,  transportation  and  disposal  thereof), 

 
discharges  and  the  remediation  of  environmental  impacts 
(such  as  the  contamination  of  soil  and  water,  including 
ground water). A risk of environmental liabilities is inherent in 
transportation  operations,  historic  activities  associated  with 
such operations and the ownership, management and control 
of real estate. 

Environmental  laws  may  authorize,  among  other  things, 
federal,  provincial,  state  and  local  environmental  regulatory 
agencies  to  issue  orders,  bring  administrative  or  judicial 
actions  for  violations  of  environmental  laws  and  regulations 
or  to  revoke  or  deny  the  renewal  of  a  permit.  Potential 
penalties  for  such  violations  may  include,  among  other 
things,  civil  and  criminal  monetary  penalties,  imprisonment, 
permit  suspension  or  revocation  and  injunctive  relief.  These 
agencies  may  also,  among  other  things,  revoke  or  deny 
renewal  of  the  Company’s  operating  permits,  franchises  or 
licenses  for  violations  or  alleged  violations  of  environmental 
laws  or  regulations  and  impose  environmental  assessment, 
removal of contamination, follow-up or control procedures. 

Environmental  Contamination.  The  Company  may  have 
liability  for  environmental  contamination  associated  with  its 
current or formerly-owned or leased facilities as well as third-
party facilities. If the Company incurs liability under applicable 
environmental-
federal, 
contamination  laws  and  regulations  and  if  it  cannot  identify 
other  parties  which  it  can  compel  to  contribute  to  its 
expenses and who are financially able to do so, it could have 
a  material  adverse  effect  on  the  Company’s  financial 
condition and results of operations. 

provincial 

state, 

local 

or 

The  Company  could  be  subject  to  orders  and  other  legal 
actions  and  procedures  brought  by  governmental  or  private 
parties  in  connection  with  environmental  contamination, 
emissions  or  discharges.  Although 
the  Company  has 
instituted  programs  to  monitor  and  control  environmental 
risks and promote compliance with applicable environmental 
laws and regulations, if the Company is involved in a spill or 
other  accident  involving  hazardous  substances,  if  there  are 
releases of hazardous substances the Company transports, if 
soil or groundwater contamination is found at the Company’s 
facilities  or  results  from  the  Company’s  operations,  or  if  the 
Company  is  found  to  be  in  violation  of  applicable  laws  or 
regulations,  the  Company  could  be  subject  to  cleanup  costs 
and  liabilities,  including  substantial  fines  or  penalties  or  civil 
and  criminal  liability,  any  of  which  could  have  a  materially 
adverse  effect  on  the  Company’s  business  and  operating 
results. 

Key  Personnel.  The  future  success  of  the  Company  will  be 
based  in  large  part  on  the  quality  of  the  Company’s 
management  and  key  personnel.  The  loss  of  key  personnel 
could have a negative effect on the Company. There can be 
no  assurance  that  the  Company  will  be  able  to  retain  its 
current  key  personnel  or,  in  the  event  of  their  departure,  to 
develop or attract new personnel of equal quality. 

Dependence  on  Third  Parties.  Certain  portions  of  the 
Company’s  business  are  dependent  upon  the  services  of 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

37 

third-party  capacity  providers,  including  other  transportation 
companies.  For  that  portion  of  the  Company’s  business,  the 
Company  does  not  own  or  control  the  transportation  assets 
that  deliver  the  customers’  freight,  and  the  Company  does 
not  employ  the  people  directly  involved  in  delivering  the 
freight.  This  reliance  could  cause  delays  in  reporting  certain 
events,  including  recognizing  revenue  and  claims.  These 
third-party providers seek other freight opportunities and may 
require  increased compensation in times of improved freight 
demand or tight trucking capacity. The Company’s inability to 
secure  the  services  of  these  third  parties  could  significantly 
limit  the  Company’s  ability  to  serve  its  customers  on 
competitive  terms.  Additionally,  if  the  Company  is  unable  to 
secure  sufficient  equipment  or  other  transportation  services 
to  meet  the  Company’s  commitments  to  its  customers  or 
provide  the  Company’s  services  on  competitive  terms,  the 
results  could  be  materially  and 
Company’s  operating 
adversely affected. The Company’s ability to secure sufficient 
equipment  or  other  transportation  services  is  affected  by 
including 
many 
industry, 
the 
equipment 
particularly among contracted carriers, interruptions in service 
due  to  labour  disputes,  changes  in  regulations  impacting 
transportation and changes in transportation rates. 

the  Company’s  control, 
transportation 

risks  beyond 

shortages 

in 

covenants, 

restrictions 

arrangement 

Loan  Default.  The  Company’s  current  credit  facilities  and 
financing  agreements  contain  certain  restrictions  and  other 
covenants  relating  to,  among  other  things,  funded  debt, 
distributions,  liens,  investments,  acquisitions  and  dispositions 
outside  the  ordinary  course  of  business  and  affiliate 
transactions.  If  the  Company  fails  to  comply  with  any  of  its 
financing 
and 
requirements,  the  Company  could  be  in  default  under  the 
relevant  agreement,  which  could  cause  cross-defaults  under 
other  financing  arrangements.  In  the  event  of  any  such 
default, 
if  the  Company  failed  to  obtain  replacement 
financing or amendments to or waivers under the applicable 
financing  arrangement,  the  Company  may  be  unable  to  pay 
dividends  to  its  shareholders,  its  lenders  could  cease  making 
further  advances,  declare  the  Company’s  debt  to  be 
immediately  due  and  payable,  fail  to  renew  letters  of  credit, 
impose  significant  restrictions  and  requirements  on  the 
Company’s  operations, 
foreclosure  procedures 
institute 
against  their  collateral,  or  impose  significant  fees  and 
transaction  costs.  If  debt  acceleration  occurs,  economic 
conditions may make it difficult or expensive to refinance the 
accelerated  debt  or  the  Company  may  have  to  issue  equity 
securities,  which  would  dilute  share  ownership.  Even  if  new 
financing  is  made  available  to  the  Company,  credit  may  not 
be available to the Company on acceptable terms. A default 
under the Company’s financing arrangements could result in 
a materially adverse effect on its liquidity, financial condition 
and  results  of  operations.  As  at  the  date  hereof,  the 
Company is in compliance with all of its debt covenants and 
obligations. 

Credit Facilities. The Company’s credit facilities and financing 
agreements  mature  on  various  dates.  The  Company  has 
significant ongoing capital requirements that could affect the 

2018 Annual Report 

 
38  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 

Company’s profitability if the Company is unable to generate 
sufficient  cash  from  operations  and/or  obtain  financing  on 
favourable terms. The Company’s indebtedness may increase 
from time to time in the future for various reasons, including 
fluctuations in results of operations, capital expenditures and 
potential  acquisitions.  There  can  be  no  assurance  that  such 
credit  facilities  or  financing  agreements  will  be  renewed  or 
refinanced,  or  if  renewed  or  refinanced,  that  the  renewal  or 
refinancing  will  occur  on  equally  favourable  terms  to  the 
Company.  The  Company’s  ability  to  pay  dividends  to 
shareholders and ability to purchase new revenue equipment 
may  be  adversely  affected  if  the  Company  is  not  able  to 
renew  its  credit  facilities  or  arrange  refinancing,  or  if  such 
renewal or refinancing, as the case may be, occurs on terms 
materially less favourable to the Company than at present. If 
the Company is unable to generate sufficient cash flow from 
operations  and  obtain  financing  on  terms  favourable  to  the 
Company  in  the  future,  the  Company  may  have  to  limit  the 
Company’s  fleet  size,  enter  into  less  favourable  financing 
arrangements or operate the Company’s revenue equipment 
for longer periods, any of which may have a material adverse 
effect on the Company’s operations. 

Customer and Credit Risks. The Company provides services to 
clients  primarily  in  Canada,  the  United  States  and  Mexico. 
The  concentration  of  credit  risk  to  which  the  Company  is 
exposed is limited due to the significant number of customers 
that  make  up  its  client  base  and  their  distribution  across 
different geographic areas. Furthermore, no client accounted 
for  more  than  5%  of  the  Company’s  total  accounts 
receivable  for  the  period  ended  December  31,  2018. 
Generally,  the  Company  does  not  have  long-term  contracts 
with  its  major  customers.  Accordingly,  in  response  to 
economic  conditions,  supply  and  demand  factors  in  the 
industry,  the  Company’s  performance,  the  Company’s 
customers’ internal initiatives or other factors, the Company’s 
customers  may  reduce  or  eliminate  their  use  of  the 
Company’s services, or may threaten to do so to gain pricing 
and other concessions from the Company. 

Economic conditions and capital markets may adversely affect 
the Company’s customers and their ability to remain solvent. 
The customers’ financial difficulties can negatively impact the 
Company’s  results  of  operations  and  financial  condition, 
especially  if  those  customers  were  to  delay  or  default  in 
payment  to  the  Company.  For  certain  customers,  the 
Company has entered into multi-year contracts, and the rates 
the Company charges may not remain advantageous. 

Availability  of  Capital.  If  the  economic  and/or  the  credit 
markets  weaken,  or  the  Company  is  unable  to  enter  into 
acceptable  financing  arrangements  to  acquire  revenue 
equipment,  make  investments  and  fund  working  capital  on 
terms  favourable  to  it,  the  Company’s  business,  financial 
results  and  results  of  operations  could  be  materially  and 
adversely  affected.  The  Company  may  need  to 
incur 
additional  indebtedness,  reduce  dividends  or  sell  additional 
shares in order to accommodate these items. A decline in the 
credit  or  equity  markets  and  any  increase  in  volatility  could 

TFI International 

make  it  more  difficult  for  the  Company  to  obtain  financing 
and  may  lead  to  an  adverse  impact  on  the  Company’s 
profitability and operations. 

Information  Systems.  The  Company  depends  heavily  on  the 
proper functioning, availability and security of the Company’s 
information  and  communication  systems,  including  financial 
reporting and operating systems, in operating the Company’s 
business.  The  Company’s  operating  system  is  critical  to 
understanding  customer  demands,  accepting  and  planning 
loads,  dispatching  equipment  and  drivers  and  billing  and 
collecting  for  the  Company’s  services.  The  Company’s 
financial reporting system is critical to producing accurate and 
timely 
analyzing  business 
information  to  help  the  Company  manage  its  business 
effectively. 

statements 

financial 

and 

vulnerable 

The  Company’s  operations  and  those  of  its  technology  and 
communications 
to 
service  providers  are 
interruption  by  natural  and  man-made  disasters  and  other 
events beyond the Company’s control, including cybersecurity 
breaches  and  threats,  such  as  hackers,  malware  and  viruses, 
fire,  earthquake,  power  loss,  telecommunications  failure, 
terrorist attacks and Internet failures. If any of the Company’s 
critical  information  systems  fail,  are  breached  or  become 
otherwise  unavailable,  the  Company’s  ability  to  manage  its 
fleet efficiently, to respond to customers’ requests effectively, 
to maintain billing and other records reliably, to maintain the 
confidentiality of the Company’s data and to bill for services 
and  prepare  financial  statements  accurately  or  in  a  timely 
manner  would  be  challenged.  Any  significant  system  failure, 
upgrade  complication,  cybersecurity  breach  or  other  system 
disruption could interrupt or delay the Company’s operations, 
damage its reputation, cause the Company to lose customers, 
cause  the  Company  to  incur  costs  to  repair  its  systems,  pay 
fines  or  in  respect  of  litigation  or  impact  the  Company’s 
ability  to  manage  its  operations  and  report  its  financial 
performance,  any  of  which  could  have  a  material  adverse 
effect on the Company’s business. 

Litigation.  The  Company’s  business  is  subject  to  the  risk  of 
litigation  by  employees,  customers,  vendors,  government 
agencies,  shareholders  and  other  parties.  The  outcome  of 
litigation is difficult to assess or quantify, and the magnitude 
of  the  potential  loss  relating  to  such  lawsuits  may  remain 
unknown for substantial periods of time. The cost to defend 
litigation may also be significant. Not all claims are covered by 
the Company’s insurance, and there can be no assurance that 
the  Company’s  coverage  limits  will  be  adequate  to  cover  all 
amounts in dispute. In the United States, where the Company 
has growing operations, many trucking companies have been 
subject  to  class-action  lawsuits  alleging  violations  of  various 
federal  and  state  wage  laws  regarding,  among  other  things, 
employee  classification,  employee  meal  breaks,  rest  periods, 
overtime eligibility, and failure to pay for all hours worked. A 
number  of  these  lawsuits  have  resulted  in  the  payment  of 
substantial  settlements  or  damages  by  the  defendants.  The 
Company may at some future date be subject to such a class-
action lawsuit. To the extent the Company experiences claims 

 
that  are  uninsured,  exceed  the  Company’s  coverage  limits, 
involve  significant  aggregate  use  of  the  Company’s  self-
insured  retention  amounts  or  cause  increases  in  future 
premiums,  the  resulting  expenses  could  have  a  material 
adverse  effect  on  the  Company’s  business,  results  of 
operations, financial condition and cash flows. 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

39 

Internal  Control.  Effective  internal  controls  over  financial 
reporting  are  necessary  for  the  Company  to  provide  reliable 
financial  reports  and,  together  with  adequate  disclosure 
controls  and  procedures,  are  designed  to  prevent  fraud. 
Inferior  internal  controls  could  cause  investors  to  lose 
confidence  in  the  Company’s  reported  financial  information, 
which could have a negative effect on the trading price of its 
shares. 

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES 

IFRS 

to  make 

requires  management 

The  preparation  of  the  financial  statements  in  conformity 
with 
judgments, 
estimates  and  assumptions  about  future  events.  These 
estimates and the underlying assumptions affect the reported 
amounts  of  assets  and  liabilities,  the  disclosures  about 
contingent assets and liabilities, and the reported amounts of 
revenues and expenses. Such estimates include the valuation 
of  goodwill  and  intangible  assets  and  the  measurement  of 
in  business 
identified  assets  and 
combinations. These estimates and assumptions are based on 
management’s best estimates and judgments. 

liabilities  acquired 

Management  evaluates  its  estimates  and  assumptions  on  an 
ongoing  basis  using  historical  experience  and  other  factors, 
the  current  economic  environment,  which 
including 
management  believes 
the 
to  be 
circumstances.  Management  adjusts  such  estimates  and 
assumptions  when  facts  and  circumstances  dictate.  Actual 
results  could  differ  from  these  estimates.  Changes  in  those 
estimates  and  assumptions  resulting  from  changes  in  the 
economic  environment  will  be  reflected  in  the  financial 
statements of future periods. 

reasonable  under 

CHANGES IN ACCOUNTING POLICIES 

Adopted during the period 

To be adopted in future periods 

The following new standards, and amendments to standards 
and interpretations, are effective for the first time for interim 
periods beginning on or after January 1, 2018 and have been 
applied  in  preparing  the  audited  consolidated  financial 
statements: 

IFRS 15, Revenue from Contracts with Customers 

Classification and Measurement of Share-based Payment 
Transactions: Amendments to IFRS 2 

IFRIC 22,  Foreign  Currency  Transactions  and  Advance 
Consideration 

Annual  Improvements  to  IFRS  Standards  (2014-2016 
cycle) 

Except  modifications  from  the  adoption  of  IFRS  15  as 
reported  in  note  3,  these  new  standards  did  not  have  a 
material  impact  on  the  Company’s  audited  consolidated 
financial statements. 

The  following  new  standards  and  amendments  to  standards 
are not yet effective for the year ended December 31, 2018, 
and  have  not  been  applied  in  preparing  the  audited 
consolidated financial statements:  

IFRS 16, Leases 

IFRIC 23, Uncertainty over Income Tax Treatments 

Amendment, 

Plan 
(Amendments to IAS 19)  

Curtailment 

or 

Settlement 

Annual  Improvements  to  IFRS  Standards  (2015-2017 
cycle) 

Prepayment  Features  with  Negative  Compensation 
(Amendments to IFRS 9) 

Definition of a business (Amendments to IFRS 3) 

Further information can be found in note 3 of the December 
31, 2018 audited consolidated financial statements. 

2018 Annual Report 

 
 
 
 
 
Internal controls over financial reporting (“ICFR”) 

The  CEO  and  CFO  have  also  designed  ICFR,  or  have  caused 
them  to  be  designed  under  their  supervision,  in  order  to 
provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of 
financial 
financial 
statements for external purposes in accordance with IFRS. 

the  preparation  of 

reporting  and 

As  at  December  31,  2018,  an  evaluation  was  carried  out, 
under the supervision of the CEO and the CFO, of the design 
and operating effectiveness of the Company’s ICFR. Based on 
this  evaluation,  the  CEO  and  the  CFO  concluded  that  the 
ICFR  were  appropriately  designed  and  were  operating 
effectively  as  at  December  31,  2018,  using  the  criteria  set 
forth  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the 
Treadway Commission (COSO) on Internal Control-Integrated 
Framework (2013 framework). 

Changes in internal controls over financial reporting 

No  changes  were  made  to  the  Company’s  ICFR  during  the 
quarter  ended  December  31,  2018  that  have  materially 
affected,  or  are  reasonably  likely  to  materially  affect,  the 
Company’s ICFR. 

40  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 

In  compliance  with  the  provisions  of  Canadian  Securities 
Administrators’  Regulation  52-109,  the  Company  has  filed 
certificates  signed  by  the  President  and  Chief  Executive 
Officer  (“CEO”)  and  by  the  Chief  Financial  Officer  (“CFO”) 
that, among other things, report on: 

• 

• 

their  responsibility  for  establishing  and  maintaining 
disclosure  controls  and  procedures  and  internal  control 
over financial reporting for the Company; and 

the  design  and  effectiveness  of  disclosure  controls  and 
procedures  and  the  design  and  effectiveness  of  internal 
controls over financial reporting. 

Disclosure controls and procedures (“DC&P”) 

The  President  and  Chief  Executive  Officer  (“CEO”)  and  the 
Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”), have designed DC&P, or have 
caused them to be designed under their supervision, in order 
to provide reasonable assurance that: 

•  material  information  relating  to  the  Company  is  made 
known  to  the  CEO  and  CFO  by  others,  particularly 
during the period in which the interim and annual filings 
are being prepared; and 

• 

information required to be disclosed by the Company in 
its  annual  filings,  interim  filings  or  other  reports  filed  or 
submitted  by  it  under  securities  legislation  is  recorded, 
processed,  summarized  and  reported  within  the  time 
periods specified in securities legislation. 

As  at  December  31,  2018,  an  evaluation  was  carried  out, 
under the supervision of the CEO and the CFO, of the design 
and  operating  effectiveness  of  the  Company’s  DC&P.  Based 
on this evaluation, the CEO and the CFO concluded that the 
Company’s  DC&P  were  appropriately  designed  and  were 
operating effectively as at December 31, 2018. 

TFI International 

 
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S RESPONSIBILITY 

41 

The  consolidated  financial  statements  of  TFI  International  Inc.  and  all  information  in  this  annual  report  are  the  responsibility  of 
management and have been approved by the Board of Directors. 

The financial statements have been prepared by management in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards. They 
include some amounts that are based on management’s best estimates and judgement. Financial information included elsewhere in 
the annual report is consistent with that in the financial statements. 

The management of TFI International Inc. has developed and maintains an internal accounting system and administrative controls in 
order  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  that  the  financial  transactions  are  properly  recorded  and  carried  out  with  the  necessary 
approval, and that the consolidated financial statements are properly prepared and the assets properly safeguarded. 

The  Board  of  Directors  carries  out  its  responsibility  for  the  financial  statements  in  this  annual  report  principally  through  its  Audit 
Committee. The Audit Committee reviews the Company’s annual consolidated financial statements and recommends their approval 
by the Board of Directors. 

These financial statements have been audited by the independent auditors, KPMG LLP, whose report follows. 

Alain Bédard, FCPA, FCA 
Chairman of the Board, 
President and Chief Executive Officer 
February 27, 2019 

2018 Annual Report 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
42 

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT 

To the Shareholders of TFI International Inc. 

Opinion 

We have audited the consolidated financial statements of TFI International Inc. (the Entity), which comprise: 

 

 

 

 

 

 

the consolidated statements of financial position as at December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 

the consolidated statements of income for the years then ended 

the consolidated statements of comprehensive income for the years then ended 

the consolidated statements of changes in equity for the years then ended 

the consolidated statements of cash flows for the years then ended 

and notes to the consolidated financial statements, including a summary of significant accounting policies 

(Hereinafter referred to as the "financial statements") 

In our opinion, the accompanying financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of 
the Entity as at December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, and its consolidated financial performance and its consolidated cash 
flows for the years then ended in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International 
Accounting Standards Board (IASB). 

Basis for Opinion 

We  conducted  our  audit  in  accordance  with  Canadian  generally  accepted  auditing  standards.    Our  responsibilities  under  those 
standards are further described in the "Auditors’ Responsibilities for the Audit of the Financial Statements" section of our auditors’ 
report.   

We  are  independent  of  the  Entity  in  accordance  with  the  ethical  requirements  that  are  relevant  to  our  audit  of  the  financial 
statements in Canada and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements. 

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained  in our audits is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. 

Other Information 

Management is responsible for the other information. Other information comprises: 

 

 

the information included in Management’s Discussion and Analysis filed with the relevant Canadian Securities Commissions; 

the  information,  other  than  the  financial  statements  and  the  auditors’  report  thereon,  included  in  a  document  likely  to  be 
entitled "Glossy Annual Report". 

Our  opinion  on  the  financial  statements  does  not  cover  the  other  information  and  we  do  not  and  will  not  express  any  form  of 
assurance  conclusion  thereon.  In  connection  with  our  audit  of  the  financial  statements,  our  responsibility  is  to  read  the  other 
information  identified  above  and,  in  doing  so,  consider  whether  the  other  information  is  materially  inconsistent  with  the  financial 
statements  or  our  knowledge  obtained  in  the  audit  and  remain  alert  for  indications  that  the  other  information  appears  to  be 
materially misstated.   

TFI International 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT (continued) 

43 

We  obtained  the  information  included  in  Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  filed  with  the  relevant  Canadian  Securities 
Commissions  as  at  the  date  of  this  auditors’  report.  If,  based  on  the  work  we  have  performed  on  this  other  information,  we 
conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are required to report that fact in the auditors’ report. 

We have nothing to report in this regard. 

The information, other than the financial statements and the auditors’ report thereon, included in a document likely to be entitled 
"Glossy Annual Report" is expected to be made available to us after the date of this auditors’ report. If, based on the work we will 
perform on this other information, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are required to 
report that fact to those charged with governance.    

Responsibilities of Management and Those Charged with Governance for the Financial Statements 

Management  is  responsible  for  the  preparation  and  fair  presentation  of  the  financial  statements  in  accordance  with  International 
Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB), and for such internal control 
as management determines is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, 
whether due to fraud or error. 

In  preparing  the  financial  statements,  management  is  responsible  for  assessing  the  Entity’s  ability  to  continue  as  a  going  concern, 
disclosing  as  applicable,  matters  related  to  going  concern  and  using  the  going  concern  basis  of  accounting  unless  management 
either intends to liquidate the Entity or to cease operations, or has no realistic alternative but to do so. 

Those charged with governance are responsible for overseeing the Entity’s financial reporting process. 

Auditors’ Responsibilities for the Audit of the Financial Statements 

Our  objectives  are  to  obtain  reasonable  assurance  about  whether  the  financial  statements  as  a  whole  are  free  from  material 
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditors’ report that includes our opinion.  

Reasonable  assurance  is  a  high  level  of  assurance,  but  is  not  a  guarantee  that  an  audit  conducted  in  accordance  with  Canadian 
generally accepted auditing standards will always detect a material misstatement when it exists.  

Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be 
expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of the financial statements. 

As  part  of  an  audit  in  accordance  with  Canadian  generally  accepted  auditing  standards,  we  exercise  professional  judgment  and 
maintain professional skepticism throughout the audit. 

We also: 

 

Identify  and  assess  the  risks  of  material  misstatement  of  the  financial  statements,  whether  due  to  fraud  or  error,  design  and 
perform  audit  procedures  responsive  to  those  risks,  and  obtain  audit  evidence  that  is  sufficient  and  appropriate  to  provide  a 
basis for our opinion.  

The risk of not detecting a material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than for one resulting from error, as fraud may 
involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of internal control. 

  Obtain an understanding of internal control relevant to the audit in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the 

circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Entity's internal control.  

2018 Annual Report 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
44 

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT (continued) 

 

Evaluate  the  appropriateness  of  accounting  policies  used  and  the  reasonableness  of  accounting  estimates  and  related 
disclosures made by management. 

  Conclude  on  the  appropriateness  of  management's  use  of  the  going  concern  basis  of  accounting  and,  based  on  the  audit 
evidence obtained, whether a material uncertainty exists related to events or conditions that may cast significant doubt on the 
Entity's  ability  to  continue  as  a  going  concern.  If  we  conclude  that  a  material  uncertainty  exists,  we  are  required  to  draw 
attention in our auditors’ report to the related disclosures in the financial statements or, if such disclosures are inadequate, to 
modify our opinion. Our conclusions are based on the audit evidence obtained up to the date of our auditors’ report. However, 
future events or conditions may cause the Entity to cease to continue as a going concern. 

 

Evaluate the overall presentation, structure and content of the financial statements, including the disclosures, and whether the 
financial statements represent the underlying transactions and events in a manner that achieves fair presentation. 

  Communicate with those charged with governance regarding, among other matters, the planned scope and timing of the audit 

and significant audit findings, including any significant deficiencies in internal control that we identify during our audit.  

 

Provide those charged with governance with a statement that we have complied with relevant ethical requirements regarding 
independence, and communicate with them all relationships and other matters that may reasonably be thought to bear on our 
independence, and where applicable, related safeguards. 

  Obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence regarding the financial information of the entities or business activities within the 
group  Entity  to  express  an  opinion  on  the  financial  statements.  We  are  responsible  for  the  direction,  supervision  and 
performance of the group audit. We remain solely responsible for our audit opinion. 

The engagement partner on the audit resulting in this auditors’ report is Girolamo Cordi. 

Montréal, Canada 
February 27, 2019 

*  CPA auditor, CA, public accountancy permit No. A109612 

TFI International 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017 

(In thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Assets 

Trade and other receivables 
Inventoried supplies 
Current taxes recoverable 
Prepaid expenses 
Derivative financial instruments 
Assets held for sale 

Current assets 

Property and equipment 
Intangible assets 
Other assets 
Deferred tax assets 
Derivative financial instruments 

Non-current assets 
Total assets 

Liabilities 

Bank indebtedness 
Trade and other payables 
Current taxes payable 
Provisions 
Other financial liabilities 
Derivative financial instruments 
Long-term debt 
Current liabilities 

Long-term debt 
Employee benefits 
Provisions 
Other long-term liabilities 
Derivative financial instruments 
Deferred tax liabilities 

Non-current liabilities 
Total liabilities 

Equity 

Share capital 
Contributed surplus 
Accumulated other comprehensive income 
Retained earnings 

Equity attributable to owners of the Company 

Operating leases, contingencies, letters of credit and other commitments 
Subsequent events 
Total liabilities and equity 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION 45 

As at
December 31,
2018

As at 
December 31, 
2017 

Note 

6 

24 

8 
9 
10 
15 
24 

11 

14 

24 
12 

12 
13 
14 

24 
15 

16 
16, 18 

25 
27 

631,727 
12,755 
13,015 
38,546 
5,430 
7,572 
709,045 

1,396,389 
1,901,495 
33,676 
6,409 
2,946 
3,340,915 
4,049,960 

12,334 
475,585 
18,951 
25,063 
1,972 
— 
122,340 
656,245 

1,462,083 
16,130 
42,801 
5,907 
— 
289,940 
1,816,861 
2,473,106 

704,510 
20,448 
64,790 
787,106 
1,576,854 

567,106 
9,296 
14,852 
33,228 
4,521 
23,409 
652,412 

1,197,613 
1,832,274 
35,874 
5,138 
4,317 
3,075,216 
3,727,628 

9,392 
425,815 
13,913 
32,344 
1,300 
559 
52,427 
535,750 

1,445,969 
17,559 
39,380 
13,281 
373 
260,192 
1,776,754 
2,312,504 

711,036 
21,995 
(2,811) 
684,904 
1,415,124 

4,049,960 

3,727,628 

The notes on pages 50 to 94 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

On behalf of the Board: 

Alain Bédard 

André Bérard 

  Director 

  Director 

2018 Annual Report 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
46  CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME 

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017 

(In thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) 

Note 

2018 

2017* 

Revenue 

Fuel surcharge 

Total revenue 

Materials and services expenses 

Personnel expenses 

Other operating expenses 

Depreciation of property and equipment 

Amortization of intangible assets 

Impairment of intangible assets 

Gain on sale of rolling stock and equipment 

Gain on sale of land and buildings 

Gain on sale of assets held for sale 

Gain on sale of intangible assets 

Total operating expenses 

Operating income 

Finance (income) costs 

Finance income 

Finance costs 

Net finance costs 

Income before income tax 

Income tax expense (recovery) 

19 

21 

8 

9 

9 

4,508,197 

  4,378,985 

615,011 

458,429 

5,123,208 

  4,837,414 

2,913,996 

  2,836,229 

1,253,975 

  1,220,871 

279,857 

198,492 

62,101 

12,559 

(10,903) 

(524) 

268,599 

209,557 

61,200 

142,981 

(2,766) 

(232) 

(15,620) 

(77,446) 

(1,249) 

— 

4,692,684 

  4,658,993 

430,524 

178,421 

22 

22 

(15,353) 

(4,773) 

63,659 

48,306 

65,848 

61,075 

382,218 

117,346 

23 

90,224 

(40,642) 

Net income for the year attributable to owners of the Company 

291,994 

157,988 

Earnings per share attributable to owners of the Company 

Basic earnings per share 

Diluted earnings per share 

(*) 

Recasted for changes in presentation due to adoption of IFRS 15 (see note 3). 

The notes on pages 50 to 94 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

17 

17 

3.32 

3.22 

1.75 

1.70 

TFI International 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

47 

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017 

(In thousands of Canadian dollars) 

2018 

2017 

Net income for the year attributable to owners of the Company 

291,994 

157,988 

Other comprehensive income (loss) 

Items that may be reclassified to income or loss in future years: 

Foreign currency translation differences 

Net investment hedge, net of tax 

Changes in fair value of cash flow hedge, net of tax 

Employee benefits, net of tax 

Items that may never be reclassified to income or loss in future years: 

101,972 

(80,212) 

(26,677) 

(2,842) 

(159) 

21,761 

3,927 

(148) 

Defined benefit plan remeasurement gains (losses), net of tax 

1,181 

(1,930) 

Items directly reclassified to retained earnings: 

Unrealized loss on investment in equity securities measured at fair value  

through OCI, net of tax 

Other comprehensive income (loss) for the year, net of tax 

(4,693) 

68,782 

(1,403) 

(58,005) 

Total comprehensive income for the year attributable to owners of the Company 

360,776 

99,983 

The notes on pages 50 to 94 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

2018 Annual Report 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
48  CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY 

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017 

(In thousands of  
Canadian dollars) 

Note 

Share 
capital 

Contributed
surplus 

Accumulated
unrealized
loss on
employee
benefit
plans 

Accumulated
cash flow
hedge
gain 

Accumulated
foreign
currency
translation
differences
and net
 investment 
hedge 

Accumulated 
unrealized 
loss on 
investment in 
equity 
securities  

Total equity 
attributable 
to owners 
of the 
Company  

Retained 
earnings  

    711,036   

21,995   

(369)  

13,052   

(14,324)   

(1,170 )  

684,904    1,415,124 

Balance as at  

December 31, 2017 

Net income for the year 

Other comprehensive income 

(loss) for the year, net of tax     

Total comprehensive income 

(loss) for the year 

Share-based payment 

transactions 

18   

—   

Stock options exercised 

    16, 18   

20,840   

Dividends to owners of the 

Company 

Repurchase of own shares 

16   

—   

16   

(30,122)   

Restricted share units exercised      16, 18   

2,756   

(3,464)   

Total transactions with owners, 
recorded directly in equity 

(6,526)   

(1,547)   

—   

—   

—   

—    

291,994   

291,994 

(159)  

(2,842)   

75,295   

(4,693 )  

1,181   

68,782 

(159)  

(2,842)   

75,295   

(4,693 )  

293,175   

360,776 

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—    

—    

—   

—   

5,926 

16,831 

—    

(76,114)   

(76,114) 

—    

(109,500)   

(139,622) 

—    

(5,359)   

(6,067) 

—    

(190,973)   

(199,046) 

    704,510   

20,448   

(528)  

10,210   

60,971   

(5,863 )  

787,106    1,576,854 

    723,390   

20,230   

(221)  

9,125   

44,127   

(1,054 )  

663,053    1,458,650 

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

5,926   

(4,009)   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

6,817   

(1,514)   

—   

—   

Balance as at  

December 31, 2018 

Balance as at  

December 31, 2016 

Net income for the year 

Other comprehensive income 

(loss) for the year, net of tax     

Realized loss on equity 
securities, net of tax 

Total comprehensive income 

(loss) for the year 

Share-based payment 

transactions 

18   

—   

Stock options exercised 

    16, 18   

7,748   

Dividends to owners of the 

Company 

Repurchase of own shares 

16   

—   

16   

(22,231)   

Restricted share units exercised      16, 18   

2,129   

(3,538)   

Total transactions with owners, 
recorded directly in equity 

(12,354)   

1,765   

—   

—   

—   

—    

157,988   

157,988 

(148)  

3,927   

(58,451)   

(1,403 )  

(1,930)   

(58,005) 

—   

—   

—   

1,287    

(1,287)   

— 

(148)  

3,927   

(58,451)   

(116 )  

154,771   

99,983 

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—    

—    

—    

—    

—    

—   

—   

6,817 

6,234 

(70,334)   

(70,334) 

(59,334)   

(81,565) 

(3,252)   

(4,661) 

—    

(132,920)   

(143,509) 

Balance as at  

December 31, 2017 

    711,036   

21,995   

(369)  

13,052   

(14,324)   

(1,170 )  

684,904    1,415,124 

The notes on pages 50 to 94 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

TFI International 

 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
    
   
 
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
    
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
    
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
    
   
 
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
    
   
 
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
    
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
    
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
    
   
 
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
    
   
 
 
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017 

(In thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Cash flows from operating activities 

Net income for the year 
Adjustments for 

Depreciation of property and equipment 
Amortization of intangible assets 
Impairment of intangible assets 
Share-based payment transactions 
Net finance costs 
Income tax expense (recovery) 
Gain on sale of property and equipment 
Gain on sale of assets held for sale 
Gain on sale of intangible assets 
Provisions and employee benefits 

Net change in non-cash operating working capital 

Cash generated from operating activities 
Interest paid 
Income tax paid 

Net cash from operating activities from continuing operations 
Net cash used in operating activities from discontinued operations 

Cash flows from investing activities 

Purchases of property and equipment 
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment 
Proceeds from sale of assets held for sale 
Purchases of intangible assets 
Proceeds from sale of intangible assets 
Business combinations, net of cash acquired 
Purchases of investments 
Proceeds from sale of investments 
Others 

Net cash used in investing activities from continuing operations 

Cash flows from financing activities 
Increase in bank indebtedness 
Proceeds from long-term debt 
Repayment of long-term debt 
Payment of other financial liability 
Dividends paid 
Repurchase of own shares 
Proceeds from exercise of stock options 
Repurchase of shares for exercise of restricted share units 

Net cash used in financing activities from continuing operations 

Net change in cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year 

The notes on pages 50 to 94 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

49 

Note 

2018 

2017 

291,994 

157,988 

8 
9 
9 
18 
22 
23 

7 

9 

5 

12 
12 

198,492 
62,101 
12,559 
5,926 
48,306 
90,224 
(11,427) 
(15,620) 
(1,249) 
(8,289) 

673,017 
12,647 

685,664 
(62,629) 
(79,532) 

543,503 
— 

543,503 

(314,300) 
81,051 
29,226 
(4,421) 
2,975 
(156,487) 
(604) 
— 
68 

(362,492) 

3,237 
88,907 
(67,180) 
(3,021) 
(74,096) 
(139,622) 
16,831 
(6,067) 

(181,011) 

— 
— 

— 

209,557 
61,200 
142,981 
6,817 
61,075 
(40,642) 
(2,998) 
(77,446) 
— 
3,809 

522,341 
(11,649) 

510,692 
(64,538) 
(73,553) 

372,601 
(52,424) 

320,177 

(259,140) 
88,773 
174,779 
(2,083) 
— 
(118,288) 
— 
7,914 
(1,522) 

(109,567) 

9,392 
48,316 
(122,964) 
— 
(69,016) 
(81,565) 
6,234 
(4,661) 

(214,264) 

(3,654) 
3,654 

— 

2018 Annual Report 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
50 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017
(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.)

1.  Reporting entity 

TFI International Inc. (the “Company”) is incorporated under the Canada Business Corporations Act, and is a company domiciled 
in Canada. The address of the Company’s registered office is 8801 Trans-Canada Highway, Suite 500, Montreal, Quebec, H4S 
1Z6. 

The  consolidated  financial  statements  of  the  Company  as  at  and  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2018  and  2017  comprise  the 
Company and its subsidiaries (together referred to as the “Group” and individually as “Group entities”). 

The Group is involved in the provision of transportation and logistics services across the United States, Canada and Mexico. 

2.  Basis of preparation 

a)  Statement of compliance 

These consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards 
(“IFRS”)  as  issued  by  the  International  Accounting  Standards  Board  (“IASB”).  The  comparatives  to  the  consolidated 
statement of income have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation regarding the line items included 
within the subtotal of operating income. 

These consolidated financial statements were authorized for issue by the Board of Directors on February 27, 2019. 

b)  Basis of measurement 

These consolidated financial statements have been prepared  on the historical cost basis except for the following material 
items in the statements of financial position: 

• 

• 

• 

investment  in  equity  securities,  derivative  financial  instruments  and  contingent  considerations  are  measured  at  fair 
value; 

liabilities for cash-settled share-based payment arrangements are measured at fair value in accordance with IFRS 2; 

the  defined  benefit  pension  plan  liability  is  recognized  as  the  net  total  of  the  present  value  of  the  defined  benefit 
obligation less the fair value of the plan assets; and 

• 

assets and liabilities acquired in business combinations are measured at fair value at acquisition date. 

c) 

Functional and presentation currency 
These  consolidated  financial  statements  are  presented  in  Canadian  dollars  (“C$”  or  “CDN$”),  which  is  the  Company’s 
functional currency. All financial information presented in Canadian dollars has been rounded to the nearest thousand. 

d)  Use of estimates and judgments 

The  preparation  of  the  accompanying  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  IFRS  requires  management  to  make 
judgments,  estimates  and  assumptions  about  future  events.  These  estimates  and  the  underlying  assumptions  affect  the 
reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosures about contingent assets and liabilities, and the reported amounts 
of  revenues  and  expenses.  Such  estimates  include  the  valuation  of  goodwill  and  intangible  assets,  the  measurement  of 
identified  assets  and  liabilities  acquired  in  business  combinations,  income  tax  provisions  and  the  self-insurance  and  other 
provisions and contingencies. These estimates and assumptions are based on management’s best estimates and judgments. 

Management  evaluates  its  estimates  and  assumptions  on  an  ongoing  basis  using  historical  experience  and  other  factors, 
including  the  current  economic  environment,  which  management  believes  to  be  reasonable  under  the  circumstances. 
Management  adjusts  such  estimates  and  assumptions  when  facts  and  circumstances  dictate.  Actual  results  could  differ 
from these estimates. Changes in those estimates and assumptions resulting from changes in the economic environment 
will be reflected in the financial statements of future periods. 

Information about critical judgments, assumptions and estimation uncertainties that have a significant risk of resulting in a 
material adjustment within the next financial year are included in the following notes: 

Note 5 – Establishing the fair value of assets and liabilities, intangible assets and goodwill related to business combinations; 
and 

Note 9 – Determining estimates and assumptions related to impairment tests for long-lived assets and goodwill. 

TFI International 

 
 
 
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017 
(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.) 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

51

3.  Significant accounting policies 

The  accounting  policies  set  out  below  have  been  applied  consistently  to  all  periods  presented  in  these  consolidated  financial 
statements, unless otherwise indicated. The accounting policies have been applied consistently by Group entities. 

a)  Basis of consolidation 

i) 

Business combinations 
The  Group  measures  goodwill  as  the  fair  value  of  the  consideration  transferred  including  the  fair  value  of  liabilities 
resulting  from  contingent  consideration  arrangements,  less  the  net  recognized  amount  of  the  identifiable  assets 
acquired and liabilities assumed, all measured at fair value as of the acquisition date. When the excess is negative, a 
bargain purchase gain is recognized immediately in income or loss. 

Transaction  costs,  other  than  those  associated  with  the  issue  of  debt  or  equity  securities,  that  the  Group  incurs  in 
connection with a business combination are expensed as incurred. 

ii)  Subsidiaries 

Subsidiaries are entities controlled by the Group. The Group controls an entity when it is exposed to, or has the right 
to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those through its power over the 
entity. The financial statements of subsidiaries are included in the consolidated financial statements from the date that 
control commences until the date that control ceases. 

iii)  Transactions eliminated on consolidation 

Intra-group balances and transactions, and any unrealized income and expenses arising from intra-group transactions, 
are eliminated in preparing the consolidated financial statements. 

b) 

Foreign currency translation 

i) 

Foreign currency transactions 
Transactions  in  foreign  currencies  are  translated  to  the  respective  functional  currencies  of  the  Group’s  entities  at 
exchange rates at the dates of the transactions. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are 
translated to the functional currency at the exchange rate in effect at the reporting date. The foreign currency gain or 
loss  on  monetary  items  is  the  difference  between  amortized  cost  in  the  functional  currency  at  the  beginning  of  the 
period,  adjusted  for  effective  interest  and  payments  during  the  period,  and  the  amortized  cost  in  foreign  currency 
translated  at  the  exchange  rate  at  the  end  of  the  reporting  period.  Non-monetary  assets  and  liabilities  that  are 
measured in terms of historical cost in a foreign currency are translated at the rate in effect on the transaction date. 
Income and expense items denominated in foreign currency are translated at the date of the transactions. Gains and 
losses are included in income or loss. 

ii) 

Foreign operations 
The  assets  and  liabilities  of  foreign  operations,  including  goodwill  and  fair  value  adjustments  arising  on  business 
combinations,  are  translated  to  Canadian  dollars  at  exchange  rates  in  effect  at  the  reporting  date.  The  income  and 
expenses  of  foreign  operations  are  translated  to  Canadian  dollars  at  the  average  exchange  rate  in  effect  during  the 
reporting period. 

Foreign  currency  differences  are  recognized  in  other  comprehensive  income  in  the  accumulated  foreign  currency 
translation differences account. 

When a foreign operation is disposed of, the relevant amount in the cumulative amount of foreign currency translation 
differences  is  transferred  to  income  or  loss  as  part  of  the  income  or  loss  on  disposal.  On  the  partial  disposal  of  a 
subsidiary while retaining control, the relevant proportion of such cumulative amount is reattributed to non-controlling 
interest. In any other partial disposal of a foreign operation, the relevant proportion is reclassified to income or loss. 

Foreign exchange gains or losses arising from a monetary item receivable from or payable to a foreign operation, the 
settlement  of  which  is  neither  planned  nor  likely  to  occur  in  the  foreseeable  future  and  which  in  substance  is 
considered to form part of the net investment in the foreign operation, are recognized in other comprehensive income 
in the accumulated foreign currency translation differences account. 

2018 Annual Report 

 
52 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017
(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.)

3.  Significant accounting policies (continued) 

c) 

Financial instruments 

i)  Non-derivative financial assets  

The Group initially recognizes financial assets on the trade date at which the Group becomes a party to the contractual 
provisions  of  the  instrument.  Financial  assets  are  initially  measured  at  fair  value.  If  the  financial  asset  is  not 
subsequently accounted for at fair value through profit or loss, then the initial measurement includes transaction costs 
that  are  directly  attributable  to  the  asset’s  acquisition  or  origination.  On  initial  recognition,  the  Group  classifies  its 
financial assets as subsequently measured at either amortized cost or fair value, depending on its business model for 
managing the financial assets and the contractual cash flow characteristics of the financial assets.  

The  Group  derecognizes  a  financial  asset  when  the  contractual  rights  to  the  cash  flows  from  the  asset  expire,  or  it 
transfers the rights to receive the contractual cash flows on the financial asset in a transaction in which substantially all 
the  risks  and  rewards  of  ownership  of  the  financial  asset  are  transferred.  Any  interest  in  transferred  financial  assets 
that is created or retained by the Group is recognized as a separate asset or liability. 

Financial assets and liabilities are offset and the net amount is presented in the statement of financial position when, 
and  only  when,  the  Group  has  a  legal  right  to  offset  the  amounts  and  intends  either  to  settle  on  a  net  basis  or  to 
realize the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.  

Financial assets are classified into financial assets measured at amortized cost or financial assets measured at fair value 
depending on the purpose for which the financial assets were acquired.  

Financial assets measured at amortized cost  
A  financial  asset  is  subsequently  measured  at  amortized  cost,  using  the  effective  interest  method  and  net  of  any 
impairment loss, if:  

• 

• 

The  asset  is  held  within  a  business  model  whose  objective  is  to  hold  assets  in  order  to  collect  contractual  cash 
flows; and  

The contractual terms of the financial asset give rise, on specified dates, to cash flows that are solely payments of 
principal and/or interest.  

The  Group  currently  classifies  its  cash  equivalents,  trade  and  other  receivables  and  long-term  non-trade  receivables 
included in other non-current assets as financial assets measured at amortized cost. 

The Group recognizes loss allowances for expected credit losses on financial assets measured at amortized cost. The 
Group has a portfolio of trade receivables at the reporting date. The Group uses a provision matrix to determine the 
lifetime expected credit losses for the portfolio.  

The Group uses historical trends of the probability of default, the timing of recoveries and the amount of loss incurred, 
adjusted for management’s judgement as to whether current economic and credit conditions are such that the actual 
losses are likely to be greater or less than suggested by historical trends.  

An impairment loss in respect of a financial asset measured at amortized cost is calculated as the difference between 
its carrying amount and the present value of the estimated future cash flows discounted at the asset’s original effective 
interest rate. Losses are recognized in income or loss and reflected in an allowance account against trade and other 
receivables.  

Financial assets measured at fair value  
These assets are measured at fair value and changes therein, including any interest or dividend income, are recognized 
in income or loss. However, for investments in equity instruments that are not held for trading, the Group may elect at 
initial recognition to present gains and losses in other comprehensive income. For such investments measured at fair 
value through other comprehensive income, gains and losses are never reclassified to profit or loss, and no impairment 
is  recognized  in  profit  or  loss.  Dividends  earned  from  such  investments  are  recognized  in  profit  or  loss,  unless  the 
dividend clearly represents a repayment of part of the cost of the investment.  

TFI International 

 
 
 
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017 
(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.) 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

53

3.  Significant accounting policies (continued) 

c) 

Financial instruments (continued) 

Financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income  
On initial recognition of an equity investment that is not held for trading, the Group may irrevocably elect to present 
subsequent changes in the investment’s fair value in OCI. This election is made on an investment-by-investment basis.  

ii)  Non-derivative financial liabilities  

The  Group  initially  recognizes  debt  issued  and  subordinated  liabilities  on  the  date  that  they  are  originated.  All  other 
financial  liabilities  are  recognized  initially  on  the  trade  date  at  which  the  Group  becomes  a  party  to  the  contractual 
provisions of the instrument. 

A financial liability is derecognized when its contractual obligations are discharged or cancelled or expire. 

Financial liabilities are classified into financial liabilities measured at amortized cost and financial liabilities measured at 
fair value.  

Financial liabilities measured at amortized cost  
A  financial  liability  is  subsequently  measured  at  amortized  cost,  using  the  effective  interest  method.  The  Group 
currently classifies bank indebtedness, trade and other payables and long-term debt as financial liabilities measured at 
amortized cost.  

Financial liabilities measured at fair value  
Financial liabilities at fair value are initially recognized at fair value and are re-measured at each reporting date with any 
changes  therein  recognized  in  net  earnings.  The  Group  currently  classifies  its  contingent  consideration  liability  in 
connection with a business acquisition as a financial liability measured at fair value. 

iii)  Share capital 

Common shares 
Common  shares  are  classified  as  equity.  Incremental  costs  directly  attributable  to  the  issue  of  common  shares  and 
stock options are recognized as a deduction from equity, net of any tax effects. 

When share capital recognized as equity is repurchased, share capital is reduced by the amount equal to historical cost 
of repurchased equity. The excess amount of the consideration paid, which includes directly attributable costs, net of 
any tax effects, is recognized as a deduction from equity. 

iv)  Derivative financial instruments 

The Group uses derivative financial instruments to manage its foreign currency and interest rate risk exposures. Embedded 
derivatives are separated from the host contract and accounted for separately if the economic characteristics and risks of 
the host contract and the embedded derivative are not closely related, a separate instrument with the same terms as the 
embedded  derivative  would  meet  the  definition  of  a  derivative,  and  the  combined  instrument  is  not  measured  at  fair 
value through income or loss. 

Derivatives and embedded derivatives are recognized initially at fair value; related transaction costs are recognized in 
income or loss as incurred. Subsequent to initial recognition, derivatives and embedded derivatives are measured at fair 
value, and changes therein are recognized in net change in fair value of foreign exchange derivatives in income or loss 
with the exception of net change in fair value of cross currency interest rate swap contracts recognized in net foreign 
exchange gain or loss in income or loss. 

d)  Hedge accounting 

Management’s risk strategy is focused on reducing the variability in profit or losses and cash flows associated with exposure 
to  market  risks.  Hedge  accounting  is  used  to  reduce  this  variability  to  an  acceptable  level.  The  hedges  employed  by  the 
Group reduce the currency and interest rate fluctuation exposures. 

2018 Annual Report 

 
54 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017
(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.)

3.  Significant accounting policies (continued) 

d)  Hedge accounting (continued) 

On the initial designation of a hedging relationship, the Group formally documents the relationship between the hedging 
instrument  and  the  hedged  items,  including  the  risk  management  objectives  and  strategy  in  undertaking  the  hedge 
transaction, together with the methods that will be used to assess the effectiveness of the hedging relationship. The Group 
makes an assessment, both at the inception of the hedge relationship as well as on an ongoing basis, whether the hedging 
instruments are expected to be effective in offsetting the changes in the fair value or cash flows of the respective hedged 
items throughout the period for which the hedge in designated.  

Net investment hedge 
The Group designates a portion of its U.S. dollar (“US$”) denominated debt as a hedging item in a net investment hedge. 
The Group applies hedge accounting to foreign currency differences arising between the functional currency of the foreign 
operation  and  the  Company’s  functional  currency  (CDN$),  regardless  of  whether  the  net  investment  is  held  directly  or 
through an intermediate parent.  

Foreign currency differences arising on the translation of a financial liability designated as a hedge of a net investment in 
foreign  operations  are  recognized  in  other  comprehensive  income  to  the  extent  that  the  hedge  is  effective,  and  are 
presented  in  the  currency  translation  differences  account  within  equity.  To  the  extent  that  the  hedge  is  ineffective,  such 
differences are recognized in income or loss. When the hedged net investment is disposed of, the relevant amount in the 
translation reserve is transferred to income or loss as part of the gain or loss on disposal. 

Cash flow hedges 
When  a  derivative  is  designated  as  the  hedging  instrument  in  a  hedge  of  the  variability  in  cash  flows  attributable  to  a 
particular  risk  associated  with  a  recognized  asset  or  liability  or  a  highly  probable  forecasted  transaction  that  could  affect 
income  or  loss,  the  effective  portion  of  changes  in  the  fair  value  of  the  derivatives  is  recognized  in  other  comprehensive 
income  and  presented  in  accumulated  other  comprehensive  income  as  part  of  equity.  The  amount  recognized  in  other 
comprehensive income is removed and included in net earnings under the same line item in the consolidated statement of 
earnings and comprehensive income as the hedged item, in the same period that the hedged cash flows affect income or 
loss. If the hedging instrument no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, expires or is sold, terminated, exercised, 
or the designation is revoked, then hedge accounting is discontinued prospectively. The cumulative gain or loss previously 
recognized  in  other  comprehensive  income  remains  in  accumulated  other  comprehensive  income  until  the  forecasted 
transaction  affects  income  or  loss.  If  the  forecasted  transaction  is  no  longer  expected  to  occur,  then  the  balance  in 
accumulated other comprehensive income is recognized immediately in income or loss.  

e)  Property and equipment 

Property and equipment are accounted for at cost less accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment losses. 

Cost  includes  expenditures  that  are  directly  attributable  to  the  acquisition  of  the  asset,  the  costs  of  dismantling  and 
removing the assets and restoring the site on which they are located, and borrowing costs on qualifying assets. 

When  parts  of  an  item  of  property  and  equipment  have  different  useful  lives,  they  are  accounted  for  as  separate  items 
(major components) of property and equipment. 

Gains  and  losses  on  disposal  of  an  item  of  property  and  equipment  are  determined  by  comparing  the  proceeds  from 
disposal with the carrying amount of property and equipment, and are recognized in net income or loss. 

Depreciation is based on the cost of an asset less its residual value and is recognized in income or loss over the estimated 
useful life of each component of an item of property and equipment. Leased assets are depreciated over the shorter of the 
lease term and their useful lives unless it is reasonably certain that the Group will obtain ownership by the end of the lease 
term. 

TFI International 

 
 
 
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017 
(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.) 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

55

3.  Significant accounting policies (continued) 

e)  Property and equipment (continued) 

The depreciation method and useful lives are as follows: 

Categories 

Buildings 

Rolling stock 

Equipment 

Basis 

Straight-line 

Primarily straight-line 

Primarily straight-line 

Useful lives 

15–40 years 

3–20 years 

5–12 years 

Depreciation methods, useful lives and residual values are reviewed at each financial year end and adjusted prospectively, if 
appropriate. 

Property  and  equipment  are  reviewed  for  impairment  in  accordance  with  IAS  36  Impairment  of  Assets  when  there  are 
indicators that the carrying value may not be recoverable. 

f) 

Intangible assets 

i)  Goodwill 

Goodwill that arises upon business combinations is included in intangible assets.  

Goodwill is not amortized and is measured at cost less accumulated impairment losses. 

ii)  Other intangible assets 

Intangible assets consist of customer relationships, trademarks, non-compete agreements and information technology. 

Other  intangible  assets  that  are  acquired  by  the  Group  and  have  finite  lives  are  measured  at  cost  less  accumulated 
amortization and accumulated impairment losses. 

Intangible assets with finite lives are amortized on a straight-line basis over the following estimated useful lives: 

Categories 

Customer relationships 

Trademarks* 

Non-compete agreements 

Information technology 

Useful lives 

5–20 years 

5–20 years 

3–10 years 

5–7 years 

(*) 

Includes indefinite useful life assets. They are reviewed at least annually for impairment (see note 9). 

Useful lives and residual values are reviewed at each financial year end and adjusted prospectively, if appropriate. 

g) 

Leased assets 
Leases with terms which indicate that the Group assumes substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership are classified 
as finance leases. Upon initial recognition the leased asset is measured at an amount equal to the lower of its fair value and 
the  present  value  of  the  minimum  lease  payments.  Subsequent  to  initial  recognition,  the  asset  is  accounted  for  in 
accordance with the accounting policy applicable to that asset. 

Other leases are operating leases and the leased assets are not recognized in the Group’s statements of financial position. 

h) 

Inventoried supplies 
Inventoried  supplies  consist  primarily  of  repair  parts  and  fuel  and  are  measured  at  the  lower  of  cost  and  net  realizable 
value. 

2018 Annual Report 

 
56 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017
(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.)

3.  Significant accounting policies (continued) 

i) 

Impairment 

Non-financial assets 
The  carrying  amounts  of  the  Group’s  non-financial  assets  other  than  inventoried  supplies  and  deferred  tax  assets  are 
reviewed at each reporting date to determine whether there is any indication of impairment. If any such indication exists, 
then the asset’s recoverable amount is estimated. For goodwill, the recoverable amount is estimated on December 31 of 
each year. 

For  the  purpose  of  impairment  testing,  assets  that  cannot  be  tested  individually  are  grouped  together  into  the  smallest 
group of assets that generates cash inflows from continuing use that are largely independent of the cash inflows of other 
assets  or  groups  of  assets  (the  “cash-generating  unit”,  or  “CGU”).  For  the  purposes  of  goodwill  impairment  testing, 
goodwill acquired in a business combination is allocated to the group of CGUs (usually a Group’s operating segment), that 
is expected to benefit from the synergies of the combination. This allocation is subject to an operating segment ceiling test 
and reflects the lowest level at which that goodwill is monitored for internal reporting purposes. The recoverable amount of 
an asset or CGU is the greater of its value in use and its fair value less costs to sell. In assessing value in use, the estimated 
future  cash  flows  are  discounted  to  their  present  value  using  a  pre-tax  discount  rate  that  reflects  current  market 
assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset or group of assets. 

The Group’s corporate assets do not generate separate cash inflows. If there is an indication that a corporate asset may be 
impaired, then the recoverable amount is determined for the CGU to which the corporate asset belongs. 

An impairment loss is recognized if the carrying amount of an asset or its CGU exceeds its estimated recoverable amount. 
Impairment losses recognized in respect of CGUs are allocated first to reduce the carrying amount of any goodwill allocated 
to the units, if any, and then to reduce the carrying amounts of the other assets in the unit (group of units) on a prorata 
basis. 

An impairment loss in respect of goodwill is not reversed. In respect of other assets, impairment losses recognized in prior 
periods  are  assessed  at  each  reporting  date  for  any  indications  that  the  loss  has  decreased  or  no  longer  exists.  An 
impairment  loss  is  reversed  if  there  has  been  a  change  in  the  estimates  used  to  determine  the  recoverable  amount.  An 
impairment loss is reversed only to the extent that the asset’s carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount that 
would have been determined, net of depreciation or amortization, if no impairment loss had been recognized. Impairment 
losses and impairment reversals are recognized in income or loss. 

j)  Assets held for sale 

Non-current  assets  are  classified  as  held-for-sale  if  it  is  highly  probable  that  they  will  be  recovered  primarily  through  sale 
rather than through continuing use.  

Such assets are generally measured at the lower of their carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell. Impairment losses 
on  initial  classification  as  held-for-sale  or  held-for-distribution  and  subsequent  gains  and  losses  on  remeasurement  are 
recognized in income or loss. 

Once classified as held-for-sale, intangible assets and property and equipment are no longer amortized or depreciated. 

k)  Employee benefits 

i)  Defined contribution plans 

A defined contribution plan is a post-employment benefit plan under which an entity pays fixed contributions into a 
separate entity and will have no legal or constructive obligation to pay further amounts. Obligations for contributions 
to defined contribution pension plans are recognized as an employee benefit expense in income or loss in the periods 
during which services are rendered by employees. Prepaid contributions are recognized as an asset to the extent that a 
cash refund or a reduction in future payments is available. 

TFI International 

 
 
 
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017 
(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.) 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

57

3.  Significant accounting policies (continued) 

k)  Employee benefits (continued) 

ii)  Defined benefit plans 

The  Group’s  net  obligation  in  respect  of  defined  benefit  pension  plans  is  calculated  separately  for  each  plan  by 
estimating the amount of future benefit that employees have earned in return for their services in the current and prior 
periods discounting that amount and deducting the fair value of any plan assets. The discount rate is the yield at the 
reporting date on AA credit-rated bonds that have maturity dates approximating the terms of the Group’s obligations 
and  that  are  denominated  in  the  same  currency  in  which  the  benefits  are  expected  to  be  paid.  The  calculation  is 
performed  annually  by  a  qualified  actuary  using  the  projected  unit  credit  method.  When  the  calculation  results  in  a 
benefit to the Group, the recognized asset is limited to the present value of economic benefits available in the form of 
any  future  refunds  from  the  plan  or  reductions  in  future  contributions  to  the  plan.  In  order  to  calculate  the  present 
value of economic benefits, consideration is given to any minimum funding requirements that apply to any plan in the 
Group.  

Remeasurements  of  the  net  defined  benefit  liability,  which  comprise  actuarial  gains  and  losses,  the  return  on  plan 
assets (excluding interest) and the effect of the asset ceiling (if any, excluding interest), are recognized immediately in 
other  comprehensive  income.  The  Group  determines  the  net  interest  expense  (income)  on  the  net  defined  benefit 
liability  (asset)  for  the  period  by  applying  the  discount  rate  used  to  measure  the  defined  benefit  obligation  at  the 
beginning of the annual period to the then-net defined benefit liability (asset), taking into account any changes in the 
net  defined  benefit  liability  (asset)  during  the  period  as  a  result  of  contributions  and  benefit  payments.  Net  interest 
expense and other expenses related to defined benefit plans are recognized in profit or loss. 

When the benefits of a plan are changed or when a plan is curtailed, the resulting change in benefit that relates to 
past service or the gain or loss on curtailment is recognized immediately in profit or loss. The Group recognizes gains 
and losses on the settlement of a defined benefit plan when the settlement occurs. 

iii)  Short-term employee benefits 

Short-term  employee  benefit  obligations  are  measured  on  an  undiscounted  basis  and  are  expensed  as  the  related 
service  is  provided.  A  liability  is  recognized  for  the  amount  expected  to  be  paid  under  short-term  cash  bonus  or 
income-sharing plans if the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation to pay this amount as a result of past 
service provided by the employee, and the obligation can be estimated reliably. 

iv)  Share-based payment transactions 

The  grant  date  fair  value  of  equity  share-based  payment  awards  granted  to  employees  is  recognized  as  a  personnel 
expense,  with  a  corresponding  increase  in  contributed  surplus,  over  the  period  that  the  employees  unconditionally 
become entitled to the awards. The amount recognized as an expense is adjusted to reflect the number of awards for 
which the related service conditions are expected to be met, such that the amount ultimately recognized as an expense 
is based on the number of awards that do meet the related service condition at the vesting date. 

The fair value of the amount payable to board members in respect of deferred share unit (“DSU”), which are to be 
settled in cash, is recognized as an expense with a corresponding increase in liabilities. The liability is remeasured at 
each reporting date until settlement. Any changes in the fair value of the liability are recognized as finance income or 
costs in income or loss. 

v)  Termination benefits 

Termination  benefits  are  expensed  at  the  earlier  of  when  the  Group  can  no  longer  withdraw  the  offer  of  those 
benefits and when the Group recognises costs for a restructuring. If benefits are not expected to be fully settled within 
12 months of the end of the reporting period, then they are discounted.  

2018 Annual Report 

 
58 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017
(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.)

3.  Significant accounting policies (continued) 

l) 

Provisions 
A provision is recognized if, as a result of a past event, the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation that can be 
estimated reliably, and it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation. If the 
effect of the time value of money is material, provisions are determined by discounting the expected future cash flows at a 
pre-tax rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the liability. Where 
discounting is used, the unwinding of the discount is recognized as finance cost. 

Self-insurance 
The  self-insurance  provision  represents  an  accrual  for  estimated  future  disbursements  associated  with  the  self-insured 
portion  for  claims  filed  as  at  year-end  and  incurred  but  not  reported,  related  to  cargo  loss,  bodily  injury,  worker’s 
compensation  and  property  damages.  The  estimates  are  based  on  the  Group’s  historical  experience  including  settlement 
patterns and payment trends. The most significant assumptions in the estimation process include determining the trend in 
costs, the expected cost of claims incurred but not reported and the expected cost to settle or pay the outstanding claims. 
Changes in assumptions and experience could cause these estimates to change significantly in the near term. 

m)  Revenue recognition 

The Group’s normal business operations consist of the provision of transportation and logistics services. All revenue relating 
to normal business operations is recognized based on the stage of completion of the service in the statement of income. 
The  stage  of  completion  of  the  service  is  determined  using  the  proportion  of  days  completed  to  date  compared  to  the 
estimated total days of the service. Revenue is presented net of trade discounts and volume rebates. Revenue is recognized 
as services are rendered, when the control of promised services is transferred to customers in an amount that reflects the 
consideration  the  Group  expects  to  be  entitled  to  receive  in  exchange  for  those  services  measured  based  on  the 
consideration specified in a contract with the customers. The Group considers the contract with customers to include the 
general transportation service agreement and the individual bill of ladings with customers. 

n) 

Lease payments 
Payments made under operating leases are recognized in income or loss on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. 
Lease incentives received are recognized as an integral part of the total lease expense, over the term of the lease. 

Minimum lease payments made under finance leases are apportioned between the finance costs and the reduction of the 
outstanding liability. The finance cost is allocated to each period during the lease term so as to produce a constant periodic 
rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability. 

o) 

Finance income and finance costs 
Finance income comprises interest income on funds invested, available-for-sale financial assets (prior to adoption of IFRS 9, 
see  note  3  t)),  dividend  income,  interest  and  accretion  on  promissory  note,  and  bargain  purchase  gains  on  business 
acquisitions. Interest income is recognized as it accrues in income or loss, using the effective interest method. 

Finance  costs  comprise  interest  expense  on  bank  indebtedness  and  long-term  debt,  unwinding  of  the  discount  on 
provisions and impairment losses recognized on financial assets (other than trade receivables). 

Fair value gains or losses on derivative financial instruments and on contingent considerations, and foreign currency gains 
and losses are reported on a net basis as either finance income or cost. 

p) 

Income taxes 
Income  tax  expense  comprises  current  and  deferred  tax.  Current  tax  and  deferred  tax  are  recognized  in  income  or  loss 
except  to  the  extent  that  it  relates  to  a  business  combination,  or  items  recognized  directly  in  equity  or  in  other 
comprehensive income. 

Current tax is the expected tax payable or receivable on the taxable income or loss for the year, using tax rates enacted or 
substantively enacted at the reporting date, and any adjustment to tax payable in respect of previous years. 

TFI International 

 
 
 
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017 
(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.) 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

59

3.  Significant accounting policies (continued) 

p) 

Income taxes (continued) 

Deferred  tax  is  recognized  in  respect  of  temporary  differences  between  the  carrying  amounts  of  assets  and  liabilities  for 
financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for taxation purposes. Deferred tax is not recognized for the following 
temporary differences: the initial recognition of assets or liabilities in a transaction that is not a business combination and 
that affects neither accounting nor taxable income or loss, and differences relating to investments in subsidiaries and jointly 
controlled entities to the extent that it is probable that they will not reverse in the foreseeable future. In addition, deferred 
tax  is  not  recognized  for  taxable  temporary  differences  arising  on  the  initial  recognition  of  goodwill.  Deferred  tax  is 
measured at the tax rates that are expected to be applied to temporary differences when they reverse, based on the laws 
that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the reporting date. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset if there is 
a legally enforceable right to offset current tax liabilities and assets, and they relate to income taxes levied by the same tax 
authority on the same taxable entity, or on different tax entities, but they intend to settle current tax liabilities and assets on 
a net basis or their tax assets and liabilities will be realized simultaneously. 

A deferred tax asset is recognized for unused tax losses, tax credits and deductible temporary differences, to the extent that 
it  is  probable  that  future  taxable  income  will  be  available  against  which  they  can  be  utilized.  Deferred  tax  assets  are 
reviewed at each reporting date and are reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that the related tax benefit will 
be realized. 

q)  Earnings per share 

The  Group  presents  basic  and  diluted  earnings  per  share  (“EPS”)  data  for  its  common  shares.  Basic  EPS  is  calculated  by 
dividing  the  income  or  loss  attributable  to  common  shareholders  of  the  Company  by  the  weighted  average  number  of 
common shares outstanding during the period, adjusted for own shares held, if any. Diluted EPS is determined by adjusting 
the  income  or  loss  attributable  to  common  shareholders  and  the  weighted  average  number  of  common  shares 
outstanding,  adjusted  for  own  shares  held,  for  the  effects  of  all  dilutive  potential  common  shares,  which  comprise 
convertible debentures, warrants, and restricted share units and stock options granted to employees. 

r) 

Segment reporting 
An operating segment is a component of the Group that engages in business activities from which it may earn revenues 
and incur expenses, including revenues and expenses that relate to transactions with any of the Group’s other components. 
All  operating  segments’  operating  results  are  reviewed  regularly  by  the  Group’s  chief  executive  officer  (“CEO”)  to  make 
decisions  about  resources  to  be  allocated  to  the  segment  and  assess  its  performance,  and  for  which  discrete  financial 
information is available. 

Segment results that are reported to the CEO include items directly attributable to a segment as well as those that can be 
allocated on a reasonable basis. Unallocated items comprise mainly corporate assets (primarily the Group’s headquarters), 
head office expenses, income tax assets, liabilities and expenses, as well as long-term debt and interest expense thereon. 

Sales between Group’s segments are measured at the exchange amount. Transactions, other than sales, are measured at 
carrying value. Segment capital expenditure is the total cost incurred during the period to acquire property and equipment, 
and intangible assets other than goodwill. 

2018 Annual Report 

 
60 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017
(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.)

3.  Significant accounting policies (continued) 

s)  New standards and interpretations adopted during the year 

The  Group  has  adopted  the  following  new  standards  and  amendments  to  standards  and  interpretations,  with  a  date  of 
initial application of January 1, 2018. These have been applied in preparing these consolidated financial statements:  

IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers: On May 28, 2014 the IASB issued IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with 
Customers. IFRS 15 replaces IAS 11 Construction Contracts, IAS 18 Revenue, IFRIC 13 Customer Loyalty Programmes, IFRIC 
15  Agreements  for  the  Construction  of  Real  Estate,  IFRIC  18  Transfer  of  Assets  from  Customers,  and  SIC  31  Revenue  – 
Barter  Transactions  Involving  Advertising  Services.  On  April  12,  2016,  the  IASB  issued  Clarifications  to  IFRS  15,  Revenue 
from Contracts with Customers, which is effective at the same time as IFRS 15. The standard contains a single model that 
applies to contracts with customers and two approaches to recognising revenue: at a point in time or over time. The model 
features  a  contract-based  five-step  analysis  of  transactions  to  determine  whether,  how  much  and  when  revenue  is 
recognized. New estimates and judgmental thresholds have been introduced, which may affect the amount and/or timing 
of  revenue  recognized.  The  new  standard  applies  to  contracts  with  customers.  It  does  not  apply  to  insurance  contracts, 
financial  instruments  or  lease  contracts,  which  fall  in  the  scope  of  other  IFRSs.  The  clarifications  to  IFRS  15  provide 
additional  guidance  with  respect  to  the  five-step  analysis,  transition,  and  the  application  of  the  Standard  to  licenses  of 
intellectual property.  

The Group’s normal business operations consist of the provision of transportation and logistics services. All revenue relating 
to transportation and logistics is recognized based on the stage of completion of the service in the statement of income. 
The  stage  of  completion  of  the  service  is  determined  using  the  proportion  of  days  completed  to  date  compared  to  the 
estimated total days of the service. Revenue is presented net of trade discounts and volume rebates. Revenue is recognized 
as services are rendered, when the control of promised services is transferred to customers in an amount that reflects the 
consideration  the  Group  expects  to  be  entitled  to  receive  in  exchange  for  those  services  measured  based  on  the 
consideration specified in a contract with the customers. 

Having  completed  the  five-step  analysis,  the  Group  identified  contracts  with  customers  and  performance  obligations 
therein, determined transaction price and its allocation to performance obligations and confirmed the appropriateness of its 
revenue recognition policy being over time as the transportation and logistics services are rendered, based on costs incurred 
as described above. Adoption of IFRS 15 did not have a material impact on the Group’s overall revenue recognition policy 
or its operating income in the consolidated financial statements.  

The standard also requires that the Group evaluates whether there is a performance obligation to transfer services to the 
customer  as  a  principal  or  to  arrange  for  services  to  be  provided  by  another  party  (as  an  agent).  To  make  that 
determination,  the  standard  uses  a  control  model  rather  than  the  risks-and-rewards  model  under  the  previous  standard. 
Based on the evaluation of the control model, it was determined that certain businesses, mainly in the Less-Than-Truckload 
segment, act as the principal rather than the agent within their revenue arrangements. This change requires the affected 
businesses  to  report  transportation  revenue  gross  of  associated  purchase  transportation  costs  rather  than  net  of  such 
amounts  within  the  consolidated  statements  of  income.  This  resulted  in  a  change  in  presentation  only  for  the  related 
revenues and expenses in the consolidated financial statements as noted below. There is no impact on net income, retained 
earnings or assets and liabilities as a result of this change. 

The Group adopted IFRS 15 retrospectively, by restating comparatives. The table below summarizes the impact of adopting 
IFRS 15 on the Group’s consolidated statement of income for its previously reported year ended December 31, 2017. 

2017 

Total revenue 

Materials and services expenses 

As reported 

Adjustments 

Restated  

4,741,019 

(2,739,834) 

96,395 

  4,837,414 

(96,395) 

(2,836,229) 

TFI International 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017 
(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.) 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

61

3.  Significant accounting policies (continued) 

s)  New standards and interpretations adopted during the year (continued) 

Classification and Measurement of Share-based Payment Transactions: Amendments to IFRS 2: On June 20, 2016, the IASB 
issued  amendments  to  IFRS  2  Share-based  Payment,  clarifying  how  to  account  for  certain  types  of  share-based  payment 
transactions. The amendments provide requirements on the accounting for: 

• 

• 

• 

the effects of vesting and non-vesting conditions on the measurement of cash-settled share-based payments; 

share-based payment transactions with a net settlement feature for withholding tax obligations; and  

a modification to the terms and conditions of a share-based payment that changes the classification of the transaction 
from cash-settled to equity-settled. 

Adoption of the amendments to IFRS 2 did not have a material impact on the Group’s consolidated financial statements. 

IFRIC  22,  Foreign  Currency  Transactions  and  Advance  Consideration:  On  December  8,  2016,  the  IASB  issued  IFRIC 
Interpretation 22 Foreign Currency Transactions and Advance Consideration. The Interpretation clarifies which date should 
be  used  for  translation  when  a  foreign  currency  transaction  involves  an  advance  payment  or  receipt.  The  Interpretation 
clarifies that the date of the transaction for the purpose of determining the exchange rate to use on initial recognition of 
the related asset, expense or income (or part of it) is the date on which an entity initially recognizes the non-monetary asset 
or  non-monetary  liability  arising  from  the  payment  or  receipt  of  advance  consideration.  The  Interpretation  was  applied 
prospectively to all assets, expenses and income in the scope of the Interpretation initially recognized as of January 1, 2018. 
Adoption of IFRIC 22 did not have a material impact on the Group’s consolidated financial statements. 

Annual  Improvements  to  IFRS  Standards  (2014-2016  cycle):  On  December  8,  2016,  the  IASB  issued  narrow-scope 
amendments to two standards as part of its annual improvements process. Each of the amendments has its own specific 
transaction requirements and effective date. Amendments were made to the following standards: 

• 

Removal  of  outdated  exemptions  for  first  time  adopters  under  IFRS  1  First-time  Adoption  of  International  Financial 
Reporting Standards; 

•  Clarification  that  the  election  to  measure  an  associate  or  joint  venture  at  fair  value  under  IAS  28  Investments  in 
Associates and Joint Ventures for investments held directly, or indirectly, through a venture capital or other qualifying 
entity can be made on an investment-by-investment basis. 

Adoption  of  Annual  Improvements  to  IFRS  Standards  (2014-2016  cycle)  did  not  have  a  material  impact  on  the  Group’s 
consolidated financial statements. 

t)  New standards and interpretations not yet adopted 

The following new standards are not yet effective for the year ending December 31, 2018, and have not been applied in 
preparing these consolidated financial statements: 

IFRS  16,  Leases:  On  January  13,  2016,  the  IASB  issued  IFRS  16  Leases.  The  new  standard  is  effective  for  annual  periods 
beginning  on  or  after  January  1,  2019.  IFRS  16  will  replace  IAS  17  Leases  and  the  related  interpretations.  This  standard 
introduces a single lessee accounting model and requires a lessee to recognize assets and liabilities for all leases but you can 
elect to exclude those with a term of less than 12 months, or those where the underlying asset is of low value. A lessee is 
required to recognize a right-of-use asset representing its right to use the underlying asset and a lease liability representing 
its obligation to make lease payments. This standard substantially carries forward the lessor accounting requirements of IAS 
17, while requiring enhanced  disclosures to be provided by lessors.  Other areas of the  lease accounting model  have also 
been impacted, including the definition of a lease. Transitional provisions have been provided. The Group intends to adopt 
IFRS 16 in its financial statements for the annual period beginning on January 1, 2019. The Group is finalizing its review of 
its lease agreements in accordance with the new standard. In preparation for the adoption of the new standard, the Group 
is implementing a new lease module to enable the tracking and accounting of leases. Available transitional provisions have 
been reviewed and the Group has finalized its position with regards to the following transitional provisions: 

2018 Annual Report 

 
62 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017
(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.)

3.  Significant accounting policies (continued) 

t)  New standards and interpretations not yet adopted (continued) 

• 

• 

• 

• 

The  Group  will  be  applying  the  standard  using  a  modified  retrospective  approach.  This  approach  allows  for  two 
transition  options  to  measure  the  right-of-use  asset  at  transition;  option  1  calculates  the  right-of-use  asset  as  if  the 
standard was applied at the initial date of the lease discounted at the transition rate or option 2 where the right-of-use 
asset  is  equal  to  the  lease  liability  on  the  date  of  transition.  As  allowed  by  this  approach,  the  Group  has  chosen  to 
apply a mixture of both options on a lease by lease basis. The comparative figures will not be adjusted.  

The Group will elect to apply the practical expedient to grandfather the assessment of which transactions are leases. It 
applied transitional provisions of IFRS 16 only to contracts which were previously identified as leases. New definition of 
a lease will be applied for leases entered into after January 1, 2019.  

The  Group  will  elect  to  apply  the  practical  expedient  to  not  include  any  leases  whose  term  will  end  within  twelve 
months of the adoption date. The leases will be treated as short term under IFRS 16. 

The  Group  will  apply  the  exemption  for  low  value  items.  These  low  value  items  continue  to  be  classified  as  a  lease 
expense. 

The  Group’s  preliminary  assessment  of  the  impact  of  the  adoption  of  the  standard  is  an  increase  of  the  lease  liability  of 
approximately  $475  million  and  an  increase  in  the  right-of-use  asset  of  approximately  $435  million  on  the  consolidated 
statement of financial position.  As amounts previously recognized as lease expenses will be replaced by the depreciation of 
the right-of-use asset and the lease liability finance costs, the consolidated statement of income and comprehensive income 
will be affected. 

IFRIC  23  Uncertainty  over  Income  Tax  Treatments:  On  June  7,  2017,  the  IASB  issued  IFRIC  Interpretation  23  Uncertainty 
over Income Tax Treatments. The Interpretation provides guidance on the accounting for current and deferred tax liabilities 
and  assets  in  circumstances  in  which  there  is  uncertainty  over  income  tax  treatments.  The  Interpretation  is  applicable  for 
annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2019. The Interpretation requires: 

• 

• 

• 

an entity to contemplate whether uncertain tax treatments should be considered separately, or together as a group, 
based on which approach provides better predictions of the resolution;  

an entity to determine if it is probable that the tax authorities will accept the uncertain tax treatment; and  

if it is not probable that the uncertain tax treatment will be accepted, measure the tax uncertainty based on the most 
likely amount or expected value, depending on whichever method better predicts the resolution of the uncertainty. 

The  Group  intends  to  adopt  the  Interpretation  in  its  financial  statements  for  the  annual  period  beginning  on  January  1, 
2019. The extent of the impact of adoption of the Interpretation will not have a material impact on consolidated financial 
statements.  

Plan  Amendment,  Curtailment  or  Settlement  (Amendments  to  IAS  19):  On  February  7,  2018,  the  IASB  issued  Plan 
Amendment,  Curtailment  or  Settlement  (Amendments  to  IAS  19).  The  amendments  apply  for  plan  amendments, 
curtailments  or  settlements  that  occur  on  or  after  January  1,  2019,  or  the  date  on  which  they  are  first  applied.  The 
amendments to IAS 19 clarify that: 

• 

on amendment, curtailment or settlement of a defined benefit plan, an entity now uses updated actuarial assumptions 
to determine its current service cost and net interest for the period; and  

• 

the effect of the asset ceiling is disregarded when calculating the gain or loss on any settlement of the plan.  

The  Group  intends  to  adopt  the  amendments  to  IAS  19  in  its  financial  statements  for  the  annual  period  beginning  on 
January 1, 2019. The extent of the impact of adoption of the amendments will not be material. 

Annual  Improvements  to  IFRS  Standards  (2015-2017  cycle):  On  December  12,  2017,  the  IASB  issued  narrow-scope 
amendments  to  three  standards  as  part  of  its  annual  improvements  process.  The  amendments  are  effective  on  or  after 
January  1,  2019.  Each  of  the  amendments  has  its  own  specific  transition  requirements.  Amendments  were  made  to  the 
following standards: 

• 

IFRS 3 Business Combinations and IFRS 11 Joint Arrangements – to clarify how a company accounts for increasing its 
interest in a joint operation that meets the definition of a business;  

TFI International 

 
 
 
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017 
(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.) 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

63

3.  Significant accounting policies (continued) 

t)  New standards and interpretations not yet adopted (continued) 

• 

• 

IAS  12 Income  Taxes  –  to  clarify  that  all  income  tax consequences  of  dividends  are  recognized  consistently  with  the 
transactions that generated the distributable profits – i.e. in profit or loss, OCI, or equity; and  

IAS  23  Borrowing  Costs  –  to  clarify  that  specific  borrowings  –  i.e.  funds  borrowed  specifically  to  finance  the 
construction of a qualifying asset – should be transferred to the general borrowings pool once the construction of the 
qualifying asset has been completed. They also clarify that an entity includes funds borrowed specifically to obtain an 
asset other than a qualifying asset as part of general borrowings. 

The Group intends to adopt these amendments in its financial statements for the annual period beginning on January 1, 
2019. The extent of the impact of adoption of the amendments will not be material. 

Prepayment Features with Negative Compensation (Amendments to IFRS 9): In October 2017, the IASB issued Prepayment 
Features  with  Negative  Compensation  (Amendments  to  IFRS  9).  The  amendments  are  to  be  applied  retrospectively  for 
annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2019. The amendments to IFRS 9 clarify that negative compensation may 
be  regarded  as  reasonable  compensation  irrespective  of  the  cause  of  early  termination.  Financial  assets  with  these 
prepayment features are eligible to be measured at amortized cost or at fair value through other comprehensive income if 
they  meet  the  other  relevant  requirements  of  IFRS 9.  The  Group  intends  to  adopt  these  amendments  in  its  financial 
statements for the annual period beginning on January 1, 2019. The impact of adoption of the amendments will not have 
a material impact on the Group’s consolidated financial statements. 

Definition  of  a business  (Amendments  to  IFRS  3): On  October  22,  2018,  the  IASB  issued  amendments  to  IFRS  3  Business 
Combinations,  that  seek  to  clarify  whether  a  transaction  results  in  an  asset  or  a  business  acquisition.  The  amendments 
apply  to  businesses  acquired  in  annual  reporting  periods  beginning  on  or  after  January  1,  2020.  Earlier  application  is 
permitted. The amendments include an election to use a concentration test. This is a simplified assessment that results in an 
asset  acquisition  if  substantially  all  of  the  fair  value  of  the  gross  assets  is  concentrated  in  a  single  identifiable  asset  or  a 
group of similar identifiable assets. If a preparer chooses not to apply the concentration test, or the test is failed, then the 
assessment  focuses  on  the  existence  of  a  substantive  process.  The  Group  intends  to  adopt  these  amendments  in  its 
financial  statements  for  the  annual  period  beginning  on  January  1,  2020.  The  extent  of  the  impact  of  adoption  of  the 
amendments has not yet been determined and would be dependent on future transactions. 

4.  Segment reporting 

The  Group  operates  within  the  transportation  and  logistics  industry  in  the  United  States,  Canada  and  Mexico  in  different 
reportable  segments,  as  described  below.  The  reportable  segments  are  managed  independently  as  they  require  different 
technology and capital resources. For each of the operating segments, the Group’s CEO reviews internal management reports. 
The following summary describes the operations in each of the Group’s reportable segments: 

Package and Courier: 

Pickup, transport and delivery of items across North America. 

Less-Than-Truckload: 

Pickup, consolidation, transport and delivery of smaller loads. 

Truckload(a): 

Full loads carried directly from the customer to the destination using a closed van or specialized 
equipment  to  meet  customer’s  specific  needs.  Includes  expedited  transportation,  flatbed, 
container and dedicated services. 

Logistics and Last Mile: 

Logistics services and last mile delivery of both small parcels and larger, heavy goods. 

(a) 

The  Truckload  reporting  segment  represents  the  aggregation  of  the  Canadian  Truckload,  U.S.  Truckload,  and  Specialized  Truckload  operating  segments.  The 
aggregation of the segment was analyzed using management’s judgment in accordance with IFRS 8. The operating segments were determined to be similar with 
respect to the nature of services offered and the methods used to distribute their services, additionally, they have similar economic characteristics with respect to 
long term expected gross margin, levels of capital invested and market place trends. 

Information  regarding  the  results  of  each  reportable  segment  is  included  below.  Performance  is  measured  based  on  segment 
operating income or loss. This measure is included in the internal management reports that are reviewed by the Group’s CEO 
and refers to “Operating income (loss)” in the consolidated statements of income. Segment’s operating income or loss is used 
to measure performance as management believes that such information is the most relevant in evaluating the results of certain 
segments relative to other entities that operate within these industries.  

2018 Annual Report 

 
64 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017
(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.)

4.  Segment reporting (continued) 

During the first quarter of 2018, the composition of the reportable segments was modified to better reflect the nature of the 
Group’s operations. In particular, the Last Mile delivery operating companies, which were previously included in the Package and 
Courier  operating  segment,  are  now  presented  in  the  newly  named  Logistics  and  Last  Mile  segment  (previously  the  Logistics 
segment). The Last Mile delivery operating companies and the logistics companies have similar economic characteristics such as 
expected gross margins and levels of capital expenditure. These similarities are achieved through the employment of asset and 
personnel-light  operating  models.  The  corresponding  information  for the  comparative  period  is  recast  to  conform  to  the  new 
reportable segments. 

Package
and
Courier 

Less-
Than-
Truckload 

Truckload 

Logistics 
and 
Last Mile  

Corporate  Eliminations 

Total 

2018 

External revenue 

External fuel surcharge 

  627,819   

889,283    2,044,831 

946,264   

94,798   

154,169   

320,064 

45,980   

Inter-segment revenue and fuel surcharge   

5,939   

13,944   

23,970 

7,942   

Total revenue 

  728,556    1,057,396    2,388,865 

  1,000,186   

— 

— 

— 

— 

—    4,508,197 

—   

615,011 

(51,795)   

— 

(51,795)    5,123,208 

Operating income (loss) 

  113,214   

85,132   

207,723 

54,492   

(30,037)   

—   

430,524 

Selected items: 

Depreciation and amortization 

13,232   

34,448   

186,172 

24,267   

2,474 

—   

260,593 

Impairment of intangible assets 

Gain (loss) on sale of land and buildings   

Gain on sale of assets held for sale 

—   

—   

—   

—   

275   

— 

279 

2,299   

12,909 

Gain on sale of intangible assets 

1,249   

—   

— 

12,559   

(30)   

—   

—   

— 

— 

412 

— 

Intangible assets 

Total assets 

Total liabilities 

  247,280   

256,009    1,065,624 

329,460   

3,122 

  398,859   

636,724    2,484,367 

464,834   

65,176 

66,057   

146,852   

432,010 

111,097    1,717,090 

Additions to property and equipment 

18,268   

29,345   

262,719 

2,675   

1,066 

—   

—   

—   

—   

12,559 

524 

15,620 

1,249 

—    1,901,495 

—    4,049,960 

—    2,473,106 

—   

314,073 

2017* 

External revenue 

External fuel surcharge 

  604,477   

868,622    1,948,691 

957,195   

69,353   

116,895   

241,481 

30,700   

Inter-segment revenue and fuel surcharge   

7,576   

9,260   

28,035 

8,738   

Total revenue 

  681,406   

994,777    2,218,207 

996,633   

— 

— 

— 

— 

—    4,378,985 

—   

458,429 

(53,609)   

— 

(53,609)    4,837,414 

Operating income (loss) 

  102,281   

122,181   

(51,705)   

41,579   

(35,915)   

—   

178,421 

—   

—   

—   

—   

270,757 

142,981 

232 

77,446 

—    1,832,274 

—    3,727,628 

—    2,312,504 

—   

259,666 

Selected items: 

Depreciation and amortization 

15,539   

31,354   

197,520 

24,096   

2,248 

Impairment of intangible assets 

Gain (loss) on sale of land and buildings   

—   

682   

(242)   

—   

129,770 

13,211   

(93)   

172 

(115)   

—   

— 

— 

— 

Gain on sale of assets held for sale 

9,156   

68,118   

Intangible assets 

Total assets 

Total liabilities 

  250,368   

242,345   

990,310 

346,885   

2,366 

  387,021   

563,485    2,234,032 

477,210   

65,880 

76,000   

155,497   

377,815 

100,376    1,602,816 

Additions to property and equipment 

12,607   

12,640   

231,936 

1,712   

771 

(*) 

Recasted for changes in composition of reportable segments and changes in presentation due to adoption of IFRS 15 (see note 3). 

TFI International 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017 
(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.) 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

65

4.  Segment reporting (continued) 

Geographical information 
Revenue is attributed to geographical locations based on the origin of service’s location.  

Total revenue 

2018 

Canada 

United States 

Mexico 

Total 

2017 

Canada 

United States 

Mexico 

Total 

Package
and
Courier 

Less-
Than-
Truckload 

Truckload 

728,556 

882,495 

  1,006,340 

— 

— 

174,901 

  1,382,525 

— 

— 

Logistics
and
Last Mile 

317,561 

659,975 

22,650 

Eliminations 

Total  

(50,699) 

  2,884,253 

(1,096) 

  2,216,305 

— 

22,650 

728,556 

  1,057,396 

  2,388,865 

  1,000,186 

(51,795) 

  5,123,208 

681,406 

882,471 

913,329 

— 

— 

112,306 

  1,304,878 

— 

— 

323,304 

652,211 

21,118 

(52,475) 

  2,748,035 

(1,134) 

  2,068,261 

— 

21,118 

681,406 

994,777 

  2,218,207 

996,633 

(53,609) 

  4,837,414 

Segment assets are based on the geographical location of the assets. 

Property and equipment and intangible assets 

Canada 

United States 

Mexico 

5.  Business combinations 

a)  Business combinations 

2018 

2017 

  1,927,241 

  1,693,190 

  1,347,574 

  1,314,635 

23,069 

22,062 

  3,297,884 

  3,029,887 

In line with the Group’s growth strategy, the Group acquired nine businesses during 2018, one of which was considered 
significant. These transactions were concluded in order to add density in the Group’s current network and further expand 
value-added services.  

On  April  3,  2018,  the  Group  completed  the  acquisition  of  Normandin  Transit  Inc.  (“Normandin”).  Based  in  Quebec, 
Normandin  focuses  on  the  transportation  of  less-than-truckload  and  full  truckload  freight  shipments  to  and  from  the 
United States and Canada. The purchase price for this  business acquisition  totalled  $55.9  million, of which $50.5 million 
has been paid in cash and the remaining consists of a contingent consideration of $5.3 million (see note 5 c)). Normandin 
contributed  revenue  and  net  income  of  $78.8  million  and  $8.1  million  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2018, 
respectively.  

If  the  Group  acquired  the  nine  businesses  on  January  1,  2018,  per  management’s  best  estimates,  the  revenue  and  net 
income for these entities would have been $286.8 million and $19.0 million, respectively. In determining these estimated 
amounts, management assumed that the fair value adjustments that arose on the date of acquisition would have been the 
same had the acquisitions occurred on January 1, 2018. 

During  2018,  transaction  costs  of  $0.2  million  have  been  expensed  in  other  operating  expenses  in  the  consolidated 
statements of income in relation to the above-mentioned business acquisitions. 

2018 Annual Report 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
66 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017
(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.)

5.  Business combinations (continued) 

a)  Business combinations (continued) 

As of the reporting date, the Group had not completed the purchase price allocation over the identifiable net assets and 
goodwill of the 2018 acquisitions. Information to confirm fair value of certain assets and liabilities is still to be obtained for 
these acquisitions. As the Group obtains more information, the allocations will be completed. The table below presents the 
purchase price allocation based on the best information available to the Group to date. 

Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed 

Note 

Normandin 

Others* 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Trade and other receivables 

Inventoried supplies and prepaid  

expenses 

Property and equipment 

Intangible assets 

Other assets 

Trade and other payables 

Income tax payable 

Long-term debt 

Deferred tax liabilities 

Total identifiable net assets 

Total consideration transferred 

Goodwill 

Cash 

Contingent consideration 

Total consideration transferred 

8 

9 

9 

c) 

2,071 

15,100 

2,115 

41,834 

17,429 

— 

489 

2018  

2,560  

2017 

1,006 

26,671 

41,771  

22,112 

4,293 

6,408  

58,224 

  100,058  

20,182 

37,611  

428 

428  

5,950 

27,213 

70,873 

859 

(7,202) 

(16,374) 

(23,576 ) 

(17,081) 

(130) 

193 

63  

(12,289) 

(11,106) 

(23,395 ) 

(1,673) 

(9,030) 

(9,820) 

(10,920) 

(20,740 ) 

(12,163) 

49,108 

55,894 

6,786 

50,548 

5,346 

55,894 

72,080 

  121,188  

88,066 

108,499 

  164,393  

  130,958 

36,419 

43,205  

42,892 

108,499 

  159,047  

  119,294 

— 

5,346  

11,664 

108,499 

  164,393  

  130,958 

(*) 

Includes non material adjustments to prior year acquisitions. 

The  trade  receivables  comprise  of  gross  amounts  due  of  $34.0  million,  of  which  $0.1  million  was  expected  to  be 
uncollectible at the acquisition date. 

Of the goodwill and intangible assets acquired through  business combinations in 2018,  $7.2 million  is deductible for tax 
purposes (2017 – $28.6 million). 

During  2017,  the  Group  acquired  seven  businesses,  notably  World  Courier  Ground  U.S.  (“World  Courier  Ground”), 
Cavalier Transportation Services Inc. (“Cavalier”) and Premier Product Management (“PPM”). 

On January 13, 2017, the Group completed the acquisition of World Courier Ground. Established in 1983, World Courier 
Ground is an asset light, time critical courier provider. Operating nationally across the U.S., the company offers same day 
courier, rush trucking and warehousing services primarily to the medical industry, as well as to the environmental, financial, 
chemical  and  industrial  sectors.  World  Courier  Ground  management  continues  to  operate  the  business  under  the  new 
name TForce Critical.  

On January 28, 2017, the Group completed the acquisition of Cavalier. Established in 1979, Cavalier’s operations consist of 
LTL  services,  brokerage  and  warehousing.  Based  in  Bolton,  ON,  Cavalier  serves  corridors  primarily  between  Ontario, 
Quebec, New York and Illinois. 

On  October  31,  2017,  the  Group  completed  the  acquisition  of  PPM.  Founded  in  2004  and  based  in  California,  PPM 
provides home delivery services of household appliances in the United States. 

During  2017,  transaction  costs  of  $0.1  million  have  been  expensed  in  other  operating  expenses  in  the  consolidated 
statements of income in relation to the above-mentioned business acquisitions. 

TFI International 

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017 
(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.) 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

67

5.  Business combinations (continued) 

b)  Goodwill 

The  goodwill  is  attributable  mainly  to  the  premium  of  an  established  business  operation  with  a  good  reputation  in  the 
transportation  industry,  and  the  synergies  expected  to  be  achieved  from  integrating  the  acquired  entity  into  the  Group’s 
existing business. 

The goodwill arising in the above business combinations has been allocated to operating segments as indicated in the table 
below, which represents the lowest level at which goodwill is monitored internally. 

Operating segment 

Package and Courier 

Less-Than-Truckload 

Specialized Truckload 

Logistics and Last Mile 

  Reportable segment 

  Package and Courier 

  Less-Than-Truckload 

  Truckload 

  Logistics and Last Mile 

  2018* 

  2017** 

— 

6,786 

(4,461) 

8,927 

  37,410 

  19,352 

(991) 

  19,074 

  43,205 

  42,892 

(*) 

Includes non material adjustments to prior year acquisitions. 

(**) 

Includes non material adjustments to prior year acquisitions, recasted for changes in composition of reportable segments. 

c)  Contingent consideration 

The contingent consideration relates to the Normandin business combination and is recorded in the original purchase price 
allocation. The fair value was determined using expected cash flows based on probability weighted scenario discounted at a 
rate of 6.0%. This consideration is contingent on achieving specified earning levels in future periods. The maximum yearly 
amount payable over the next three years is $2.0 million for a total consideration of $6.0 million. At December 31, 2018, 
the  fair  value  of  the  contingent  arrangement  was  estimated  at  $5.6  million  and  is  currently  presented  in  other  financial 
liabilities on the consolidated statements of financial position. 

Contingent  consideration  related  to  prior  year  business  combination  was  revalued  with  fair  value  adjustment  recorded  in 
finance income of the consolidated statements of income (see note 9). 

d)  Adjustment to the provisional amounts of prior year business combinations 

The  2017  annual  consolidated  financial  statements  included  details  of  the  Group’s  business  combination  and  set  out 
provisional  fair  values  relating  to  the  consideration  paid  and  net  assets  acquired.  These  acquisitions  were  accounted  for 
under the provisions of IFRS 3. As required by IFRS 3, the provisional fair values have been reassessed in light of information 
obtained  during  the  measurement  period  following  the  acquisition.  No  significant  adjustments  were  required  to  the 
provisions for prior year business combinations. 

6.  Trade and other receivables 

Trade receivables 

Other receivables 

2018 

2017 

605,320 

546,160 

26,407 

20,946 

631,727 

567,106 

The Group’s exposure to credit and currency risks related to trade and other receivables is disclosed in note 24 a) and d). 

Trade receivables at December 31, 2018 include $10.8 million of in-transit revenue balances (2017 – $10.1 million). 

2018 Annual Report 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
68 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017
(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.)

7.  Additional cash flow information 

Net change in non-cash operating working capital 

Trade and other receivables 

Inventoried supplies 

Prepaid expenses 

Trade and other payables 

8.  Property and equipment 

Cost 

2018 

(2,624) 

434 

(980) 

15,817 

12,647 

2017 

14,548 

(238) 

9,060 

(35,019) 

(11,649) 

Land and
buildings 

Rolling stock 

Equipment 

Total 

Balance at December 31, 2016 

466,076 

1,289,973 

153,142 

  1,909,191 

Additions through business combinations 

Other additions 

Disposals 

4,788 

8,126 

20,755 

238,812 

1,670 

12,728 

27,213 

259,666 

(7,167) 

(219,024) 

(14,001) 

(240,192) 

Reclassification to assets held for sale 

(133,003) 

— 

— 

(133,003) 

Effect of movements in exchange rates 

(5,355) 

(36,113) 

(1,069) 

(42,537) 

Balance at December 31, 2017 

333,465 

1,294,403 

152,470 

  1,780,338 

Additions through business combinations 

Other additions 

Disposals 

Reclassification to assets held for sale 

Reclassification from assets held for sale 

Effect of movements in exchange rates 

25,415 

15,412 

(3,235) 

(24,330) 

23,834 

6,154 

72,427 

284,459 

2,216 

14,202 

100,058 

314,073 

(172,941) 

(12,501) 

(188,677) 

(3,420) 

— 

52,321 

— 

— 

459 

(27,750) 

23,834 

58,934 

Balance at December 31, 2018 

376,715 

1,527,249 

156,846 

  2,060,810 

Depreciation 

Balance at December 31, 2016 

Depreciation for the year 

Disposals 

Reclassification to assets held for sale 

Effect of movements in exchange rates 

Balance at December 31, 2017 

Depreciation for the year 

Disposals 

Reclassification to assets held for sale 

Reclassification from assets held for sale 

Effect of movements in exchange rates 

76,957 

11,719 

(3,933) 

(14,111) 

(956) 

69,676 

10,928 

(1,858) 

(5,157) 

1,974 

958 

365,335 

182,627 

99,738 

15,211 

542,030 

209,557 

(137,243) 

(13,241) 

(154,417) 

— 

1,066 

411,785 

174,407 

— 

(444) 

101,264 

13,157 

(14,111) 

(334) 

582,725 

198,492 

(104,867) 

(12,328) 

(119,053) 

(2,964) 

— 

7,811 

— 

— 

(365) 

(8,121) 

1,974 

8,404 

Balance at December 31, 2018 

76,521 

486,172 

101,728 

664,421 

Net carrying amounts 

At December 31, 2017 

At December 31, 2018 

TFI International 

263,789 

882,618 

51,206 

  1,197,613 

300,194 

1,041,077 

55,118 

  1,396,389 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017 
(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.) 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

69

8.  Property and equipment (continued) 

As at December 31, 2018, nil is included in trade and other payables for the purchases of property and equipment (2017 – $0.5 
million). 

Leased assets 
The Group leases items of rolling stock and equipment under a number of finance lease agreements. For the majority of these 
leases, the Group is responsible for the residual value on termination date. The leased assets secure lease obligations (see note 
12). At December 31, 2018, the net carrying amount of leased assets was $25.7 million (2017 – $32.3 million). During the year 
ended December 31, 2018, the Group acquired leased assets in the amount of $0.3 million (2017 – $0.4million) under finance 
lease agreements and all other new leased assets come from business acquisitions. 

Security 
At December 31, 2018 certain rolling stock are pledged as security for conditional sales contracts, with a carrying amount of 
$179.0 million (2017 – $120.4 million) (see note 12). 

9. 

Intangible assets 

Other intangible assets 

Non-

Customer

compete 

Information

Goodwill  

relationships 

Trademarks 

agreements 

technology 

Total 

Cost 

Balance at December 31, 2016 

  1,576,356 

491,914 

109,616   

Additions through business combinations 

42,892 

64,040 

Other additions 

Extinguishments 

— 

— 

— 

(2,100)   

Effect of movements in exchange rates 

(42,587)   

(15,715)   

365   

—   

(2,877)   

(4,478)   

Balance at December 31, 2017 

  1,576,661 

538,139 

102,626   

Additions through business combinations 

43,205 

Other additions 

Disposals 

Extinguishments 

— 

— 

— 

31,982 

1,863 

(2,137)   

(7,612)   

2,640   

—   

—   

—   

2,726 

6,440 

— 

— 

30,059 

  2,210,671  

28 

113,765  

2,083 

2,083  

(7,231)   

(12,208 ) 

(202)   

(978)   

(63,960 ) 

8,964 

2,250 

— 

— 

23,961 

  2,250,351  

739 

80,816  

2,558 

— 

4,421  

(2,137 ) 

(28)   

(2,796)   

(10,436 ) 

Effect of movements in exchange rates 

54,923 

20,697 

5,647   

439 

263 

81,969  

Balance at December 31, 2018 

  1,674,789 

582,932 

110,913   

11,625 

24,725 

  2,404,984  

Amortization and impairment losses 

Balance at December 31, 2016 

60,000 

134,038 

20,159   

Amortization for the year 

— 

47,271 

8,270   

Impairment loss 

Extinguishments 

129,770 

— 

Effect of movements in exchange rates 

(4,320)   

— 

13,211   

(2,100)   

(4,991)   

(2,877)   

(1,185)   

Balance at December 31, 2017 

185,450 

174,218 

37,578   

Amortization for the year 

Impairment loss 

Disposals 

Extinguishments 

— 

— 

— 

— 

Effect of movements in exchange rates 

10,970 

50,542 

12,559 

(411)   

(7,612)   

8,386 

7,100   

—   

—   

—   

1,924   

Balance at December 31, 2018 

196,420 

237,682 

46,602   

674 

1,081 

— 

— 

22,650 

237,521  

4,578 

61,200  

— 

142,981  

(7,231)   

(12,208 ) 

(41)   

(880)   

(11,417 ) 

1,714 

1,826 

— 

— 

19,117 

418,077  

2,633 

— 

— 

62,101  

12,559  

(411 ) 

(28)   

(2,796)   

(10,436 ) 

102 

3,614 

217 

21,599  

19,171 

503,489  

Net carrying amounts 

At December 31, 2017 

At December 31, 2018 

  1,391,211 

363,921 

65,048   

  1,478,369 

345,250 

64,311   

7,250 

8,011 

4,844 

  1,832,274  

5,554 

  1,901,495  

2018 Annual Report 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
70 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017
(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.)

9. 

Intangible assets (continued) 

In Q2 2018, the Group reassessed the useful lives of some operational trade names from finite to indefinite. Brand recognition, 
dominance in geographical area, resilience to economic and social changes as well as management intent to keep the brands 
indefinitely were decisive factors leading to this conclusion. At the time of change in estimate, which was applied prospectively, 
the Group tested these trade names for impairment. The Group estimated the value in use to be $38.6 million compared to its 
carrying  value  of  $32.7  million,  resulting  in  no  impairment  charge.  Management  used  the  relief-from-royalty  method  and 
discount rates between 9.5% and 10.5% in its analysis. 

At December 31, 2018, the Group performed its annual impairment testing for indefinite life trade names. The Group estimated 
the  value  in  use  to  be  $38.9  million  compared  to  its  carrying  value  of  $34.4  million,  resulting  in  no  impairment  charge. 
Management used the relief-from-royalty method and discount rates between 9.7% and 10.7% in its analysis. 

In  2018,  difficulties  in  retaining  and  recruiting  qualified  subcontractors  and  the  inability  to  successfully  increase  revenue 
impacted  the  current  and  expected  future  cash  flows  of  one  of  the  2017  business  acquisitions.  This  was  identified  as  an 
indicator of impairment for its customer relationships. The Group estimated the value in use of the customer relationships to be 
$15.0 million using the discounted cash flow approach, adopting the excess cash flow methodology compared to its carrying 
value  of  $27.6  million,  resulting  in  an  impairment  charge  of  $12.6  million.  Management  assumed  that  the  customer 
relationships have a value for 10 years and used a discount rate of 12.9% in its analysis. The Group also revalued the contingent 
consideration related to the above mentioned business combination. This consideration was contingent on achieving specified 
earning  levels  in  future  periods.  The  fair  value  was  determined  using  expected  cash  flows  based  on  probability  weighted 
scenario. A reversal of $13.2 million was recorded in finance income of the consolidated statements of income. 

In  2017,  the  Group  rebranded  certain  package  and  courier  companies  by  initiating  a  change  of  name.  This  rebranding  was 
identified as an indicator of impairment for the trade name intangibles of these companies. The group estimated the value in 
use of the trade names to be $5.8 million using the relief-from-royalty method compared to its carrying value of $19.0 million, 
resulting in an impairment charge of $13.2 million. Management assumed that the trade names have a value for 4 years and 
used a discount rate of 9.3% in its analysis. The Group also changed the amortization period to 4 years for the remaining net 
book value of these trade names only. 

At December 31, 2018, the Group performed its annual goodwill impairment tests for operating segments which represent the 
lowest level within the Group  at which the goodwill is monitored for internal management purposes. The  aggregate carrying 
amounts of goodwill allocated to each unit are as follows: 

Reportable segment / operating segment 

Package and Courier 

Less-Than-Truckload 

Truckload 

Canadian Truckload 

U.S. Truckload 

Specialized Truckload 

Logistics and Last Mile 

2018 

241,181 

169,349 

109,964 

330,458 

394,122 

233,295 

2017* 

241,181 

162,564 

110,298 

303,885 

350,780 

222,503 

  1,478,369 

  1,391,211 

(*) 

Recasted for changes in composition of reportable segments. 

The  results  as  at  December  31,  2018  determined  that  the  recoverable  amounts  of  the  Group’s  operating  segments  exceeded 
their respective carrying amounts. 

The recoverable amounts of the Group’s operating segments were determined using the value in use approach. The value in use 
methodology is based on discounted future cash flows. Management believes that the discounted future cash flows method is 
appropriate as it allows more precise valuation of specific future cash flows. 

TFI International 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017 
(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.) 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

71

9. 

Intangible assets (continued) 

In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using pre-tax discount rates as 
follows:  

Reportable segment / operating segment 

Package and Courier 

Less-Than-Truckload 

Truckload 

Canadian Truckload 

U.S. Truckload 

Specialized Truckload 

Logistics and Last Mile 

(*) 

Recasted for changes in composition of reportable segments. 

2018  

10.0%  

9.5%  

12.0%  

11.0%  

11.5%  

10.0%  

2017* 

10.1% 

10.1% 

11.9% 

11.3% 

11.9% 

10.1% 

The discount rates were estimated based on past experience, and industry average weighted average cost of capital, which were 
based on a possible range of debt leveraging of 50.0% (2017 – 40.0%) at a market interest rate of 7.8% (2017 – 7.0%). 

First year cash flows were projected based on previous operating results and reflect current economic conditions. For a further 
4-year  period,  cash  flows  were  extrapolated  using  an  average  growth  rate  of  2.0%  (2017  –  2.0%)  in  revenues  and  margins 
were adjusted where deemed appropriate. The terminal value growth rate was 2.0% (2017 – 2.0%). The values assigned to the 
key assumptions represent management’s assessment of future trends in the transportation industry and were based on both 
external and internal sources (historical data). 

In  Q2  2017,  management  determined  that  an  impairment  indication  existed  as  the  results  of  the  U.S.  Truckload  operating 
segment were substantially below the expected results. As a result, a goodwill impairment analysis was performed only for the 
U.S.  Truckload  operating  segment.  The  aggregate  carrying  amounts  of  goodwill  allocated  to  the  U.S.  Truckload  operating 
segment, prior to any impairment, was $441.8 million as at June 30, 2017.  

The Group performed a goodwill impairment test as at June 30, 2017. The results using the value in use approach determined 
that the recoverable amount of the U.S. Truckload operating segment was lower than the carrying amount at June 30, 2017. 
The Group recognized a goodwill impairment charge of $129.8 million. 

The value in use methodology is based on discounted future cash flows. Management believes that the discounted future cash 
flows method is appropriate as it allows more precise valuation of specific future cash flows. 

The estimated future cash flows were discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate of 11.2% at June 30, 2017 
for the U.S. Truckload. The discount rate was estimated based on past experience, and industry average weighted average cost 
of capital, which were based on a possible range of debt leveraging of 40.0% at a market interest rate of 6.8%. 

First year cash flows were projected based on previous operating results and reflected current economic conditions. For a further 
4-year  period,  cash  flows  were  extrapolated  using  an  average  growth  rate  of  2.0%  in  revenues  and  margins  were  adjusted 
where deemed appropriate. The terminal value growth rate was 2.0%. The values assigned to the key assumptions represent 
management’s assessment of future trends in the transportation industry and were based on both external and internal sources 
(historical data). 

The  recoverable  amount  for  the  U.S.  Truckload  calculated  at  June  30,  2017  was  $869.7  million  as  compared  to  a  carrying 
amount of $999.5 million on June 30, 2017. 

2018 Annual Report 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
72 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017
(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.)

10.  Other assets 

Promissory note 

Restricted cash 

Security deposits 

Investments in equity securities 

Other 

2018 

22,686 

4,267 

3,445 

1,498 

1,780 

2017 

20,739 

4,294 

3,748 

6,310 

783 

33,676 

35,874 

Restricted  cash  consists  of  cash  held  as  potential  claims  collateral  pursuant  to  re-insurance  agreements  under  the  Group’s 
insurance program. 

On  February  1,  2016,  the  Company  sold  the  Waste  Management  segment  (“Waste”)  to  GFL  Environmental  Inc.  (“GFL”)  for 
total  consideration  of  $800  million,  which  included  an  unsecured  promissory  note  of  $25  million  yielding  3%  interest  with  a 
term of 4 years. 

11.  Trade and other payables 

Trade payables and accrued expenses 

Personnel accrued expenses 

Dividend payable 

2018 

337,470  

117,380  

20,735  

2017 

305,781 

101,317 

18,717 

475,585  

425,815 

The Group’s exposure to currency and liquidity risk related to trade and other payables is disclosed in note 24. 

12.  Long-term debt 

This note provides information about the contractual terms of the Group’s interest-bearing long-term debt, which are measured 
at amortized cost. For more information about the Group’s exposure to interest rate, foreign exchange currency and liquidity, 
see note 24. 

Non-current liabilities 

Unsecured revolving facility 

Unsecured term loans 

Unsecured debentures 

Conditional sales contracts 

Finance lease liabilities 

Current liabilities 

Current portion of conditional sales contracts 

Current portion of finance lease liabilities 

Current portion of other long-term debt 

Current portion of unsecured term loans 

TFI International 

2018 

2017 

740,556 

498,805 

124,825 

94,222 

3,675 

690,893  

572,788  

124,738  

52,553  

4,997  

  1,462,083 

  1,445,969  

41,919 

5,489 

— 

74,932 

122,340 

33,502  

9,959  

8,966  

—  

52,427  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017 
(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.) 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

73

12.  Long-term debt (continued) 

Terms and conditions of outstanding long-term debt are as follows: 

Nominal interest

Year of 

Carrying 

Carrying 

Currency 

rate 

maturity  Face value 

amount 

Face value 

amount 

2018 

2017 

Unsecured revolving facility 

Unsecured revolving facility 

Unsecured term loan 

Unsecured debentures 

Unsecured term loan 

  a  

  a  

  a  

  b  

  c  

C$ 

US$ 

C$ 

C$ 

C$ 

BA + 1.70%   

2022    274,832   

273,208   

250,400   

248,720 

Libor + 1.70%   

2022    344,617   

467,348   

354,851   

442,173 

BA + 1.70%    2020-2021    500,000   

498,805   

500,000   

497,957 

3.00%–3.45%   

2020    125,000   

124,825   

125,000   

124,738 

3.95%   

2019   

75,000   

74,932   

75,000   

74,831 

Conditional sales contracts 

  d   Mainly C$ 

1.99%–5.23%    2019-2025    136,141   

136,141   

86,055   

86,055 

Finance lease liabilities 

  e   Mainly C$ 

2.35%–5.50%    2019-2023   

9,164   

9,164   

14,956   

14,956 

Other long-term debt 

— 

—   

—   

—   

—   

8,966   

8,966 

    1,584,423   

    1,498,396 

The table below summarizes changes to the long-term debt: 

Balance at December 31, 2017 

Proceeds 

Business combinations 

Repayment including deferred financing fees 

Amortization of deferred financing fees 

Effect of movements in exchange rates 

Effect of movements in exchange rates – OCI 

Other 

Balance at December 31, 2018 

a)  Unsecured revolving credit facility 

Note 

2018 

2017 

  1,498,396 

  1,584,815 

88,907 

23,395 

5 

48,316 

9,030 

(67,180) 

(122,964) 

2,335 

7,489 

2,489 

1,824 

30,796 

(25,114) 

285 

— 

  1,584,423 

  1,498,396 

On  May  9,  2018,  the  Group  extended  its  existing  revolving  credit  facility,  by  one  year,  to  June  2022.  The  facility  is 
unsecured  and  can  be  extended  annually.  The  total  available  amount  under  the  revolving  facility  is  $1,200  million.  The 
agreement still provides, under certain conditions, an additional $250 million of credit availability (C$245 million and US$5 
million).  Based  on  certain  ratios,  the  interest  rate  will  vary  between  banker's  acceptance  rate  (or  Libor  rate  on  US$ 
denominated debt) plus applicable margin, which can vary between 125 basis points and 275 basis points. As of December 
31, 2018, the credit facility’s interest rate on CAD denominated debt was 4.0% (2017 – 3.5%) and on US$ denominated 
debt was 4.2% (2017 – 3.7%). The Group is subject to certain covenants regarding the maintenance of financial ratios and 
was  in  compliance  with  these  covenants  at  year-end  (see  note  24  (f)).  Deferred  financing  fees  of  $0.9  million  were 
recognized on the extension.  

On May 9, 2018, the Group extended the maturity of the $500 million term loan by one year for each tranche. This term 
loan  is  within  the  confines  of  the  credit  facility  for  the  specific  purpose  of  acquiring  CFI.  It  remains  at  a  total  of  $500 
million, with $200 million now due in June 2020 and $300 million due in June 2021. Early repayment, in part or whole is 
permitted, and will permanently reduce the amount borrowed. The terms and conditions of the facility are the same as the 
credit  facility  and  is  subject  to  the  same  covenants.  Deferred  financing  fees  of  $0.3  million  were  recognized  on  the 
extension. 

b)  Unsecured debentures 

Loan agreement is in the form of unsecured debentures carrying an interest rate between 3% and 3.45% depending on 
certain ratios and with a December 2020 maturity date. The debentures may be repaid, without penalty, after December 
18, 2019, subject to the approval of the Group’s syndicate of bank lenders.  

2018 Annual Report 

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
74 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017
(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.)

12.  Long-term debt (continued) 

c)  Unsecured term loan 

This loan takes the form of an unsecured term loan carrying an interest rate of 3.95% and with an August 2019 maturity 
date.  It  may  be  repaid  prior  to  the  maturity  without  penalty  subject  to  the  approval  of  the  Group’s  syndicate  of  bank 
lenders (see note 27). 

d)  Conditional sales contracts 

Conditional sales contracts are secured by rolling stock having a carrying value of $179.0 million (2017 – $120.4 million) 
(see note 8). 

e) 

Finance lease liabilities 
Finance lease liabilities are secured by rolling stock having a carrying value of $25.7 million (2017 – $32.3 million) (see note 
8). Finance lease liabilities are payable as follows: 

Future minimum lease payments 

Interest 

Present value of minimum lease payments 

Less than

1 year 

5,750 

(261) 

5,489 

1 to 5 

years  

3,893  

(218 ) 

3,675  

More than

5 years 

— 

— 

— 

Total  

9,643 

(479) 

9,164 

f) 

Principal installments of other long-term debt payable during the subsequent years are as follows: 

Unsecured revolving facility 

Unsecured term loans 

Unsecured debentures 

Conditional sales contracts 

Less than
1 year 

— 

75,000 

— 

41,919 

743,698 

500,000 

125,000 

93,338 

1 to 5
years 

More than 
5 years  

Total 

743,698 

575,000 

125,000 

136,141 

  1,579,839 

— 

— 

— 

884 

884 

13.  Employee benefits 

The Group sponsors defined benefit pension plans for 239 of its employees (2017 – 259). 

116,919 

  1,462,036 

These  plans  are  all  within  Canada  and  include  one  unregistered  plan.  All  the  defined  benefit  plans  are  no  longer  offered  to 
employees  and  two  defined  benefits  plan  in  the  past  have  been  converted  prospectively  to  defined  contribution  plans. 
Therefore, the future obligation will only vary by actuarial re-measurements. 

With the exception of one plan, all other plans do not have recurring contributions for employees. These plans are still required 
to fund past service costs. The remaining plan is fully funded by the Group.  

The Group measures its accrued benefit obligations and the fair value of plan assets for accounting purposes as at December 31 
of each year. The most recent actuarial valuation of the pension plans for funding purposes was as of December 31, 2017 and 
the next required valuation will be as of December 31, 2018. 

In  addition  to  the  above-mentioned  defined  benefit  plans,  the  Group  sponsors  an  employee  severance  plan  in  Mexico.  At 
December 31, 2018, total obligation under this arrangement amounted to $1.1 million ($0.7 million in 2017). 

Information about the Group’s defined benefit pension plans is as follows: 

Accrued benefit obligation 

Fair value of plan assets 

Plan deficit – employee benefit liability 

TFI International 

2018 

37,623 

2017 

48,689 

(22,620) 

(31,822) 

15,003 

16,867 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017 
(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.) 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

75

13.  Employee benefits (continued) 

Plan assets comprise: 

Equity securities 

Debt securities 

Other 

2018  

31% 

57% 

12% 

2017 

33% 

59% 

8% 

All equity and debt securities have quoted prices in active markets. Debt securities are held through mutual funds and primarily 
hold investments with ratings of AAA or AA, based on Moody’s ratings.  

The other asset categories are real estate investment trusts. 

Movement in the present value of the accrued benefit obligation for defined benefit plans: 

Accrued benefit obligation, beginning of year 

Current service cost 

Interest cost 

Benefits paid 

Remeasurement (gain) loss arising from: 

- Demographic assumptions 

- Financial assumptions 

- Experience 

Accrued benefit obligation, end of year 

Movement in the fair value of plan assets for defined benefit plans: 

Fair value of plan assets, beginning of year 

Interest income 

Employer contributions 

Benefits paid 

Remeasurement gain (loss) arising from financial assumptions 

Plan administration expenses 

Fair value of plan assets, end of year 

Expense recognized in income or loss: 

Current service cost 

Net interest cost 

Plan administration expenses 

Pension expense 

Actual return on plan assets 

2018 

48,689  

695  

1,526  

2017 

45,942 

591 

1,729 

(10,860 ) 

(2,661) 

234  

(2,129 ) 

(532 ) 

— 

1,839 

1,249 

37,623  

48,689 

2018  

31,822 

950 

1,685 

2017 

31,660 

1,193 

1,314 

(10,860) 

(2,661) 

(815) 

(162) 

456 

(140) 

22,620 

31,822 

2018 

695 

576 

162 

1,433 

135 

2017 

591 

536 

140 

1,267 

1,649 

2018 Annual Report 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
76 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017
(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.)

13.  Employee benefits (continued) 

Actuarial losses recognized in other comprehensive income: 

Amount accumulated in retained earnings, beginning of year 

Recognized during the year 

Amount accumulated in retained earnings, end of year 

Recognized during the year, net of tax 

The significant actuarial assumptions used (expressed as weighted average): 

Accrued benefit obligation: 

Discount rate at December 31 

Future salary increases 

Employee benefit expense: 

Discount rate at January 1 

Rate of return on plan assets at January 1 

Future salary increases 

2018 

13,324 

(1,612) 

11,712 

(1,181) 

2017 

10,692 

2,632 

13,324 

1,930 

2018 

2017 

4.0% 

1.5% 

3.5% 

3.5% 

1.2% 

3.5% 

1.2% 

3.9% 

3.9% 

1.1% 

Assumptions regarding future mortality are based on published statistics and mortality tables. The current longevities underlying 
the value of the liabilities in the defined benefit plans are as follows: 

Longevity at age 65 for current pensioners 

Males 

Females 

Longevity at age 65 for current members aged 45 

Males 

Females 

2018

2017

21.9 

24.6 

23.4 

26.0 

21.7

24.1

22.8

25.1

At December 31, 2018 the weighted-average duration of the defined benefit obligation was 11.3 years. 

The following table presents the impact of changes of major assumptions on the defined benefit obligation for the years ended: 

Discount rate (1% movement) 

Life expectancy (1-year movement) 

Historical information: 

2018 

2017 

Increase 

Decrease 

Increase 

Decrease 

(5,112) 

1,130 

6,244 

(1,088) 

(5,050) 

1,145 

6,173 

(1,046) 

Present value of the accrued benefit obligation 

Fair value of plan assets 

Deficit in the plan 

2018  

37,623 

2017 

48,689 

2016 

45,942 

2015 

2014 

46,908 

  46,620 

(22,620) 

(31,822) 

(31,660) 

(33,147) 

  (32,973) 

15,003 

16,867 

14,282 

13,761 

  13,647 

Experience adjustments arising on plan obligations   

Experience adjustments arising on plan assets 

(2,427) 

(815) 

3,088 

456 

521 

1,077 

738 

278 

5,201 

2,492 

The Group expects approximately $1.2 million in contributions to be paid to its defined benefit plans in 2019. 

TFI International 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017 
(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.) 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

77

14.  Provisions 

Balance at January 1, 2018 

Provisions made during the year 

Provisions used during the year 

Provisions reversed during the year 

Revaluation of provisions 

Balance at December 31, 2018 

2018 

Current provisions 

Non-current provisions 

2017 

Current provisions 

Non-current provisions 

Self insurance 

55,215 

66,441 

(64,198) 

(7,721) 

406 

Other 

16,509 

10,058 

Total  

71,724 

76,499 

(9,524) 

(73,722) 

678 

— 

(7,043) 

406 

50,143 

17,721 

67,864 

21,761 

28,382 

3,302 

14,419 

25,063 

42,801 

26,992 

28,223 

5,352 

11,157 

32,344 

39,380 

Self-insurance  provisions  represent  the  uninsured  portion  of  outstanding  claims  at  year-end.  The  current  portion  reflects  the 
amount expected to be paid in the following year. Due to the long-term nature of the liability, the provision has been calculated 
using a discount rate of 2.6%. 

15.  Deferred tax assets and liabilities 

Property and equipment 

Intangible assets 

Derivative financial instruments and investment in equity securities 

Long-term debt 

Employee benefits 

Provisions 

Tax losses 

Other 

Net deferred tax liabilities 

Presented as: 

Deferred tax assets 

Deferred tax liabilities 

2018 

2017 

(213,238) 

  (181,628) 

(104,610) 

  (103,987) 

(1,259) 

(1,890) 

2,297 

7,449 

17,162 

9,950 

(1,282) 

3,877 

9,730 

13,025 

6,583 

(764) 

(283,531) 

  (255,054) 

6,409 

5,138 

(289,940) 

  (260,192) 

2018 Annual Report 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
78 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017
(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.)

15.  Deferred tax assets and liabilities (continued) 

Movement in temporary differences during the year: 

Property and equipment 

Intangible assets 

Long-term debt 

Employee benefits 

Provisions 

Tax losses 

Other 

Balance

Acquired

Balance

December 31,

Recognized in

Recognized

in business

December 31,

2016

income or loss

directly in equity

combinations

2017  

(270,191) 

(136,028) 

5,903 

7,102 

21,334 

550 

806 

78,470 

37,880 

(2,026) 

1,862 

(7,274) 

6,730 

(2,052) 

11,683 

4,834 

— 

766 

(1,135) 

(697) 

(1,408) 

(1,590) 

(10,673) 

— 

— 

100 

— 

— 

(181,628) 

(103,987) 

3,877 

9,730 

13,025 

6,583 

(2,654) 

Net deferred tax liabilities 

(370,524) 

113,590 

14,043 

(12,163) 

(255,054) 

Balance

Acquired

Balance

December 31,

Recognized in

Recognized

in business

December 31,

2017

income or loss

directly in equity

combinations

Property and equipment 

Intangible assets 

Long-term debt 

Employee benefits 

Provisions 

Tax losses 

Other 

(181,628) 

(103,987) 

3,877 

9,730 

13,025 

6,583 

(2,654) 

Net deferred tax liabilities 

(255,054) 

(7,475) 

11,977 

(2,803) 

(1,918) 

2,303 

2,548 

(1,644) 

2,988 

(10,599) 

(3,357) 

7 

(363) 

1,011 

819 

1,757 

(13,536) 

(9,243) 

1,216 

— 

823 

— 

— 

2018 

(213,238) 

(104,610) 

2,297 

7,449 

17,162 

9,950 

(2,541) 

(10,725) 

(20,740) 

(283,531) 

Certain tax losses expire in 2037 with the remainder of tax losses not expiring. The related deferred tax assets have been 
recognized because it is probable that future taxable income will be available to benefit from these losses. 

16.  Share capital and other components of equity 

The  Company  is  authorized  to  issue  an  unlimited  number  of  common  shares  and  preferred  shares,  issuable  in  series.  Both 
common and preferred shares are without par value. All issued shares are fully paid. 

The common shares entitle the holders thereof to one vote per share. The holders of the common shares are entitled to receive 
dividends as declared from time to time. Subject to the rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions attached to any other class 
of shares of the Company, the holders of the common shares are entitled to receive the remaining property of the Company 
upon its dissolution, liquidation or winding-up. 

The preferred shares may be issued in one or more series, with such rights and conditions as may be determined by resolution 
of  the  Directors  who  shall  determine  the  designation,  rights,  privileges,  conditions  and  restrictions  to  be  attached  to  the 
preferred shares of such series. There are no voting rights attached to the preferred shares except as prescribed by law. In the 
event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Company, or any other distribution of assets of the Company among 
its shareholders, the holders of the preferred shares of each series are entitled to receive, with priority over the common shares 
and any other shares ranking junior to the preferred shares of the Company, an amount equal to the redemption price for such 
shares, plus an amount equal to any dividends declared thereon but unpaid and not more. The preferred shares for each series 
are also entitled to such other preferences over the common shares and any other shares ranking junior to the preferred shares 
as  may  be  determined  as  to  their  respective  series  authorized  to  be  issued.  The  preferred  shares  of  each  series  shall  be  on  a 
parity basis with the preferred shares of every other series with respect to payment of dividends and return of capital. There are 
no preferred shares currently issued and outstanding. 

TFI International 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017 
(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.) 

16.  Share capital and other components of equity (continued) 

The following table summarizes the number of common shares issued: 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

79

(in number of shares) 

Balance, beginning of year 

Repurchase and cancellation of own shares 

Stock options exercised 

Balance, end of year 

Note 

2018 

2017 

  89,123,588 

  91,575,319  

(3,755,002) 

(2,810,126 ) 

18 

  1,029,002 

358,395  

  86,397,588 

  89,123,588  

The following table summarizes the share capital issued and fully paid: 

Balance, beginning of year 

Repurchase and cancellation of own shares 

Cash consideration of stock options exercised 

Ascribed value credited to share capital on stock options exercised 

Issuance of shares on settlement of RSUs 

Balance, end of year 

2018 

711,036 

(30,122) 

16,831 

4,009 

2,756 

2017 

723,390  

(22,231 ) 

6,234  

1,514  

2,129  

704,510 

711,036  

Pursuant  to  the  normal  course  issuer  bid  (“NCIB”)  which  began  on  October  2,  2018  and  expiring  on  October  1,  2019,  the 
Company  is  authorized  to  repurchase  for  cancellation  up  to  a  maximum  of  6,000,000  of  its  common  shares  under  certain 
conditions.  As  at  December  31,  2018,  and  since  the  inception  of  this  NCIB,  the  Company  has  repurchased  and  cancelled 
1,574,654 common shares. 

During 2018, the Company repurchased 3,755,002 common shares at a price ranging from $32.18 to $44.00 per share for a 
total purchase price of $139.6 million relating to the NCIB. During 2017, the Company repurchased 2,810,126 common shares 
at a price ranging from $26.56 to $32.00 per share for a total purchase price of $81.6 million relating to a previous NCIB. The 
excess of the purchase price paid over the carrying value of the shares repurchased in the  amount of $109.5 million (2017 – 
$59.3 million) was charged to retained earnings as share repurchase premium. 

Contributed surplus 
The contributed surplus account is used to record amounts arising on the issue of equity-settled share-based payment awards 
(see note 18). 

Accumulated other comprehensive income (“AOCI”) 
At December 31, 2018 and 2017, AOCI is comprised of accumulated foreign currency translation differences arising from the 
translation of the financial statements of foreign operations, changes in fair value of available for sale financial assets (prior to 
the adoption of IFRS 9), financial assets measured at fair value through OCI, gain or loss on net investment hedge, realized gains 
on investments, cash flow hedges and defined benefit plan remeasurement gain or loss. 

Dividends 
In 2018, the Company declared dividends amounting to 87.0 cents per common share (2017 – 78.0 cents) for a total of $76.1 
million  (2017  –  $70.3  million).  On  February  27,  2019,  the  Board  of  Directors  declared  a  quarterly  dividend  of  $0.24  per 
outstanding common share of the Company’s capital for an expected aggregate payment of $20.4 million which will be paid on 
April 15, 2019 to shareholders of record at the close of business on March 29, 2019. 

2018 Annual Report 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
80 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017
(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.)

17.  Earnings per share 

Basic earnings per share 
The basic earnings per share and the weighted average number of common shares outstanding have been calculated as follows: 

(in thousands of dollars and number of shares) 

Net income attributable to owners of the Company 

Issued common shares, beginning of year 

Effect of stock options exercised 

Effect of repurchase of own shares 

Weighted average number of common shares 

Earnings per share – basic 

2018 

2017 

291,994 

157,988 

  89,123,588 

  91,575,319 

512,020 

109,479 

(1,669,980) 

(1,191,059) 

  87,965,628 

  90,493,739 

3.32 

1.75 

Diluted earnings per share 
The  diluted  earnings  per  share  and  the  weighted  average  number  of  common  shares  outstanding  after  adjustment  for  the 
effects of all dilutive common shares have been calculated as follows: 

(in thousands of dollars and number of shares) 

Net income attributable to owners of the Company 

Weighted average number of common shares 

Dilutive effect: 

Stock options and restricted share units 

Weighted average number of diluted common shares 

Earnings per share – diluted 

2018 

291,994 

2017 

157,988 

  87,965,628 

  90,493,739 

2,838,361 

2,284,144 

  90,803,989 

  92,777,883 

3.22 

1.70 

As at December 31, 2018, no stock options were excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings per share (2017 – 394,056 
as these options were deemed to be anti-dilutive). 

The average market value of the Company’s shares for purposes of calculating the dilutive effect of stock options was based on 
quoted market prices for the period during which the options were outstanding. 

18.  Share-based payment arrangements 

Stock option plan (equity-settled) 
The Company offers a stock option plan for the benefit of certain of its employees. The maximum number of shares that can be 
issued upon the exercise of options granted under the current 2012 stock option plan is 5,979,201. Each stock option entitles 
its holder to receive one common share upon exercise. The exercise price payable for each option is determined by the Board of 
Directors at the date of grant, and may not be less than the volume weighted average trading price of the Company’s shares for 
the last five trading days immediately preceding the grant date. The options vest in equal installments over three years and the 
expense  is  recognized  following  the  accelerated  method  as  each  installment  is  fair  valued  separately  and  recorded  over  the 
respective vesting periods. The table below summarizes the changes in the outstanding stock options: 

(in thousands of options and in dollars) 

Balance, beginning of year 

Granted 

Exercised 

Forfeited 

Balance, end of year 

2018 

Weighted 
average 
exercise 
price 

19.22 

29.92 

16.36 

29.65 

21.01 

2017 

Weighted
average
exercise
price 

18.02 

35.02 

17.39 

28.21 

19.22 

Number of
options 

5,496 

395 

(358) 

(40) 

5,493 

Number of
options 

5,493 

618 

(1,029) 

(51) 

5,031 

Options exercisable, end of year 

3,864 

18.44 

4,170 

16.52 

TFI International 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017 
(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.) 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

81

18.  Share-based payment arrangements (continued) 

Stock option plan (equity-settled) (continued) 

The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2018: 

(in thousands of options and in dollars) 

Exercise prices 

6.32 

9.46 

16.46 

20.18 

24.64 

24.93 

25.14 

29.92 

35.02 

Options outstanding 

Options 
exercisable 

Weighted 
average 
remaining 
contractual life 
(in years) 

Number of 
options 

Number of 
options 

509 

586 

561 

579 

859 

677 

312 

603 

345 

5,031 

0.6 

1.6 

0.6 

1.6 

4.6 

3.6 

2.6 

6.1 

5.1 

3.0 

509 

586 

561 

579 

535 

677 

312 

— 

105 

3,864 

Of  the  options  outstanding  at  December  31,  2018,  a  total  of  3,836,102  (2017  –  4,456,400)  are  held  by  key  management 
personnel. 

The weighted average share price at the date of exercise for stock options exercised in 2018 was $42.77 (2017 – $31.79).  

In 2018, the Group recognized a compensation expense of $3.0 million (2017 – $3.4 million) with a corresponding increase to 
contributed surplus. 

On February 20, 2018, the Board of Directors approved the grant of 617,735 stock options under the Company’s stock option 
plan of which 437,361 were granted to key management personnel. The options vest in equal installments over three years and 
have  a  life  of  seven  years.  The  fair  value  of  the  stock  options  granted  was  estimated  using  the  Black-Scholes  option  pricing 
model using the following weighted average assumptions: 

Exercise price 

Average expected option life 

Risk-free interest rate 

Expected stock price volatility 

Average dividend yield 

February 20, 
2018  

February 16,
2017 

$ 

29.92 

$

35.02 

 4.5 years 

  1.83% 

  21.92% 

  2.56% 

4.5 years 

1.04% 

22.46% 

2.17% 

Weighted average fair value per option of options granted 

$ 

4.55 

$

5.34 

2018 Annual Report 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
82 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017
(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.)

18.  Share-based payment arrangements (continued) 

Deferred share unit plan for board members (cash-settled) 
The Company offers a deferred share unit (“DSU”) plan for its board members. Under this plan, board members may elect to 
receive cash, DSUs or a combination of both for their compensation. The following table provides the number of DSUs related 
to this plan: 

(in units) 

Balance, beginning of year 

Board members compensation 

Deferred share units redeemed 

Dividends paid in units 

Balance, end of year 

2018 

2017 

281,323 

  260,567 

27,666 

27,633 

(9,418) 

(13,428) 

6,471 

6,551 

306,042 

  281,323 

In  2018,  the  Group  recognized,  as  a  result  of  DSUs,  a  compensation  expense  of  $1.1  million  (2017  –  $0.9  million)  with  a 
corresponding increase to trade and other payables. In addition, in other finance costs, the Group recognized a mark-to-market 
loss on DSUs of $0.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 (2017 – gain of $0.3 million). 

As  at  December  31,  2018,  the  total  carrying  amount  of  liabilities  for  cash-settled  arrangements  recorded  in  trade  and  other 
payables amounted to $10.8 million (2017 – $9.3 million). 

Performance contingent restricted share unit plan (equity-settled) 
The  Company  offers  an  equity  incentive  plan  for  the  benefit  of  senior  employees  of  the  Group.  The  plan  provides  for  the 
issuance of restricted share units (‘’RSUs’’) under conditions to be determined by the Board of Directors. The RSUs will vest in 
December  of  the  second  year  from  the  grant  date.  Upon  satisfaction  of  the  required  service  period,  the  plan  provides  for 
settlement of the award through shares. 

On  February  20,  2018,  the  Company  granted  a  total  of  95,243  RSUs  under  the  Company’s  equity  incentive  plan  of  which 
66,506 were granted to key management personnel. The fair value of the RSUs is determined to be the share price fair value at 
the date of the grant and is recognized as a share-based compensation expense, through contributed surplus, over the vesting 
period. The fair value of the RSUs granted during the year was $29.92 per unit.  

2018 

Weighted
average
exercise
price 

27.74 

29.92 

28.30 

24.78 

29.83 

31.84 

2017 

Weighted
average
exercise
price 

24.78 

35.02 

26.14 

24.93 

29.14 

27.74 

Number of 
RSUs 

281 

61 

8 

(143) 

(1) 

206 

Number of
RSUs 

206 

95 

7 

(144) 

(17) 

147 

The table below summarizes changes to the outstanding RSUs: 

(in thousands of RSUs and in dollars) 

Balance, beginning of year 

Granted 

Reinvested 

Settled 

Forfeited 

Balance, end of year 

TFI International 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017 
(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.) 

18.  Share-based payment arrangements (continued) 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

83

Performance contingent restricted share unit plan (equity-settled) (continued) 

The following table summarizes information about RSUs outstanding and exercisable as at December 31, 2018: 

(in thousands of RSUs and in dollars) 

Exercise prices 

29.92 

35.02 

RSUs outstanding 

Number
of RSUs 

90 

57 

147 

Remaining
contractual
life (in years) 

2.0 

1.0 

1.6 

The weighted average share price at the date of settlement of RSUs vested in 2018 was $43.49 (2017 – $32.87). The excess of 
the purchase price paid over the carrying value of shares repurchased for settlement of the award, in the amount of $5.4 million 
(2017 – $3.3 million), was charged to retained earnings as share repurchase premium. 

In  2018,  the  Group  recognized,  as  a  result  of  RSUs,  a  compensation  expense  of  $3.0  million  (2017  –  $3.4  million)  with  a 
corresponding increase to contributed surplus. 

Of the RSUs outstanding at December 31, 2018, a total of 87,486 (2017 – 129,246) are held by key management personnel. 

19.  Materials and services expenses 

The Group’s materials and services expenses are primarily costs related to independent contractors and vehicle operation; vehicle 
operation expenses, primarily fuel, repairs and maintenance, vehicle leasing costs, insurance, permits and operating supplies. 

Independent contractors 

Vehicle operation expenses 

2018  

2017* 

2,054,767 

  1,995,599 

859,229 

840,630 

2,913,996 

  2,836,229 

(*) 

Recasted for changes in presentation due to adoption of IFRS 15 (see note 3). 

20.  Sale of assets held for sale  

During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2018,  the  Group  disposed  of  properties  classified  as  assets  held  for  sale  for  total 
consideration  of  $29.2  million  (2017  –  $174.8  million).  The  Group  has  not  concluded  any  sale  and  leaseback  transactions  in 
2018. In 2017, the all-cash sale and leaseback transactions totalling $166.4 million resulted in a pre-tax gain of $78.0 million. As 
a result of these transactions, operating lease commitments increased by $112.1 million at December 31, 2017.  

21.  Personnel expenses 

Short-term employee benefits 

Contributions to defined contribution plans 

Current and past service costs related to defined benefit plans 

Termination benefits 

Equity-settled share-based payment transactions 

Cash-settled share-based payment transactions 

Note  

2018 

2017 

  1,225,901 

  1,187,950 

11,355 

11,499 

13 

18 

18 

695 

8,972 

5,926 

1,126 

591 

13,091 

6,817 

923 

  1,253,975 

  1,220,871 

2018 Annual Report 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
84 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017
(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.)

22.  Finance income and finance costs 

Recognized in income or loss: 

(Income) costs 

Interest expense on long-term debt 

Interest income and accretion on promissory note 

Note 

2018 

54,609 

(2,807) 

Net change in fair value of contingent considerations and accretion expense 

9 

(12,189) 

2017 

56,758 

(2,638) 

(523) 

2,491 

(1,247) 

(365) 

6,599 

61,075 

630 

(311) 

(46) 

8,420 

48,306 

(15,353) 

63,659 

(4,773) 

65,848 

Net foreign exchange loss 

Net change in fair value of foreign exchange derivatives 

Net change in fair value of interest rate derivatives 

Other financial expenses 

Net finance costs 

Presented as: 

Finance income 

Finance costs 

23.  Income tax expense  

On December 22, 2017, the President of the United States signed into law the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (“U.S. Tax Reform”). The 
U.S. Tax Reform reduces the U.S. federal corporate income tax rate from 35% to 21%, effective as of January 1, 2018. The U.S. 
Tax Reform also allows for immediate capital expensing of new investments in certain qualified depreciable assets made after 
September  27,  2017,  which  will  be  phased  down  starting  in  year  2023.  As  a  result  of  the  U.S.  Tax  Reform,  the  Group’s  net 
deferred income tax liability at December 31, 2017 decreased by $76.1 million. 

The  U.S.  Tax  Reform  introduces  other  important  changes  to  U.S.  corporate  income  tax  laws  that  may  significantly  affect  the 
Group in future years including the creation of a new Base Erosion Anti-abuse Tax (BEAT) that subjects certain payments from 
U.S. corporations to foreign related parties to additional taxes, and limitations to the deduction for net interest expense incurred 
by  U.S.  corporations.  Future  regulations  and  interpretations  to  be  issued  by  U.S.  authorities  may  also  impact  the  Group’s 
estimates  and  assumptions  used  in  calculating  its  income  tax  provisions.  At  December  31,  2018,  $2.3  million  of  long-term 
income tax payable related to repatriation tax is included in other long-term liabilities (2017 – nil). 

Income tax recognized in income or loss: 

Current tax expense 

Current year 

Adjustment for prior years 

Deferred tax expense (recovery) 

Origination and reversal of temporary differences 

Variation in tax rate 

Adjustment for prior years 

Income tax expense (recovery) 

TFI International 

2018 

2017  

96,480 

(3,268) 

93,212 

74,148 

(1,200) 

72,948 

(5,408) 

(34,455) 

(221) 

(76,244) 

2,641 

(2,891) 

(2,988) 

  (113,590) 

90,224 

(40,642) 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017 
(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.) 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

85

23.  Income tax expense (continued) 

Income tax recognized in other comprehensive income: 

2018 

Tax
(benefit)
expense

Before
tax

Net of
tax

Before
Tax

2017 

Tax
(benefit)
expense

Net of 
tax 

Change in fair value of investment in 

equity securities 

(5,416) 

(723) 

(4,693) 

(133) 

(17) 

(116) 

Foreign currency translation differences   

  101,972 

— 

  101,972 

(80,212) 

— 

  (80,212) 

Defined benefit plan remeasurement 

gains (losses) 

Employee benefit 

Reclassification to retained earnings of 

accumulated unrealized loss on 
investment in equity securities 

Gain (loss) on net investment hedge 

Gain (loss) on cash flow hedge 

Reconciliation of effective tax rate: 

Income before income tax 

1,612 

(227) 

431 

(68) 

1,181 

(2,632) 

(159) 

(212) 

(702) 

(64) 

(1,930) 

(148) 

— 

(30,796) 

(3,876) 

  63,269 

— 

(4,119) 

(1,034) 

(5,513) 

— 

(1,485) 

(198) 

(1,287) 

(26,677) 

  25,114 

3,353 

  21,761 

(2,842) 

5,352 

1,425 

3,927 

68,782 

(54,208) 

3,797 

  (58,005) 

2018 

2017 

382,218 

  117,346 

Income tax using the Company’s statutory tax rate 

26.7 %   

102,052 

26.8%   

31,449 

Increase (decrease) resulting from: 

Rate differential between jurisdictions 

Variation in tax rate 

Non deductible expenses 

Tax exempt income 

Adjustment for prior years 

Others 

(3.4 %)   

(13,106) 

(31.0%)   

(36,405) 

(0.1 %)   

(221) 

(65.0%)   

(76,244) 

0.7 %   

2,593 

44.7%   

52,460 

(0.8 %)   

(3,038) 

(9.0%)   

(10,513) 

(0.2 %)   

(627) 

(3.5%)   

(4,091) 

0.7 %   

2,571 

2.3%   

2,702 

23.6 %   

90,224 

(34.7%)   

(40,642) 

2018 Annual Report 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
86 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017
(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.)

24.  Financial instruments and financial risk management 

Derivative financial instruments' fair values were as follows: 

Current assets 

Interest rate derivatives 

Non-current assets 

Interest rate derivatives 

Current liabilities 

Embedded foreign exchange derivatives in  

finance leases 

Interest rate derivatives 

Non-current liabilities 

Interest rate derivatives 

Measured at fair value
through income or loss 
2017 

2018 

Note 

a 

a 

a 

a 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

311 

— 

311 

— 

Designated as effective 
cash flow hedge 
instruments 
2017 

2018 

5,430 

4,521 

2,946 

4,317 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

248 

248 

373 

As at December 31, 2018 and 2017, the impact to income or loss and other comprehensive income is as follows: 

Derivative financial instruments measured at fair value through 

income or loss: 

Interest rate derivatives 

Embedded foreign exchange derivatives in finance leases   

Derivative financial instruments measured at fair value through 

other comprehensive income: 

Interest rate derivatives 

Finance loss (income) 
2017 
2018 

Other comprehensive (loss) 
income 
2017 

2018 

(46) 

(311) 

(365) 

(1,247) 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(357) 

— 

(1,612) 

3,876 

3,876 

(5,352) 

(5,352) 

Risks 
In the normal course of its operations and through its financial assets and liabilities, the Group is exposed to the following risks: 

• 

• 

credit risk 

liquidity risk 

•  market risk. 

This note presents information about the Group’s exposure to each of the above risks, the Group’s objectives and processes for 
managing  risk,  and  the  Group’s  management  of  capital.  Further  quantitative  disclosures  are  included  throughout  these 
consolidated financial statements. 

TFI International 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017 
(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.) 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

87

24.  Financial instruments and financial risk management (continued) 

Risk management framework 
The  Group’s  management  identifies  and  analyzes  the  risks  faced  by  the  Group,  sets  appropriate  risk  limits  and  controls,  and 
monitors risks and adherence to limits. Risk management is reviewed regularly to reflect changes in market conditions and the 
Group’s activities.  

The Board of Directors has overall responsibility of the Group’s risk management framework. The Board of Directors monitors 
the Group’s risks through its audit committee. The audit committee reports regularly to the Board of Directors on its activities. 

The Group’s audit committee oversees how management monitors and manages the Group’s risks and is assisted in its oversight 
role by the Group’s internal audit. Internal audit undertakes  both regular and ad hoc reviews of risk, the results of which are 
reported to the audit committee. 

a)  Credit risk 

Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to the Group if a customer or counterparty to a financial instrument fails to meet its 
contractual obligation, and arises principally from the Group’s trade receivables. The Group grants credit to its customers in 
the ordinary course of business. Management believes that the credit risk of trade receivables is limited due to the following 
reasons: 

• 

There is a broad base of customers with dispersion across different market segments; 

•  No single customer accounts for more than 10% of the Group’s revenue; 

•  Approximately 94.6% (2017 – 94.5%) of the Group’s trade receivables are not past due or 30 days or less past due; 

• 

Bad debt expense has been approximately 0.1% (2017 – 0.1%) of consolidated revenues for the last 3 years.  

Exposure to credit risk 
The Group’s maximum credit exposure corresponds to the carrying amount of the financial assets. The maximum exposure 
to credit risk at the reporting date was: 

Trade and other receivables 

Promissory note 

Derivative financial assets 

Impairment losses 
The aging of trade and other receivables at the reporting date was: 

2018 

2017 

631,727  

  567,106 

22,686  

8,376  

20,739 

8,838 

662,789  

  596,683 

Not past due 

Past due 1 – 30 days 

Past due 31 – 60 days 

Past due more than 60 days 

Total 
2018  

Impairment
2018 

Total
2017 

Impairment
2017 

474,320 

123,991 

22,007 

18,360 

638,678 

— 

695 

2,085 

4,171 

6,951 

424,745 

112,135 

23,120 

14,037 

574,037 

— 

693 

2,079 

4,159 

6,931 

2018 Annual Report 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
88 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017
(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.)

24.  Financial instruments and financial risk management (continued) 

Impairment losses (continued) 

The movement in the allowance for impairment in respect of trade and other receivables during the year was as follows: 

Balance, beginning of year 

Business combinations 

Bad debt expenses 

Amount written off and recoveries 

Balance, end of year 

2018 

6,931 

104 

1,944 

(2,028) 

6,951 

2017 

6,425 

651 

2,147 

(2,292) 

6,931 

The impaired trade receivables are mostly due from customers that are experiencing financial difficulties.  

The promissory note has been individually evaluated for impairment due to its significance.  

b) 

Liquidity risk 
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will not be able to meet its financial obligations associated with its financial liabilities 
that are settled by delivering cash or another financial asset. The Group’s approach to managing liquidity is to ensure, as far 
as  possible,  that  it  will  always  have  sufficient  liquidity  to  meet  its  liabilities  when  due,  under  both  normal  and  stressed 
conditions, without incurring unacceptable losses or risking damage to its reputation. 

Cash  inflows  and  cash  outflows  requirements  from  Group’s  entities  are  monitored  closely  and  separately  to  ensure  the 
Group  optimizes  its  cash  return  on  investment.  Typically,  the  Group  ensures  that  it  has  sufficient  cash  to  meet  expected 
operational expenses; this excludes the potential impact of extreme circumstances that cannot reasonably be predicted. The 
Group  monitors  its  short  and  medium-term  liquidity  needs  on  an  ongoing  basis  using  forecasting  tools.  In  addition,  the 
Group  maintains  a  revolving  facility,  which  has  $455.3 million  availability  at  December  31,  2018  (2017  –  $501.3 million) 
and  has  an  additional  $250 million  credit  available  (C$245 million  and  US$5 million)  under  certain  conditions  under  its 
syndicated bank agreement (2017 – $250 million, C$245 million and US$5 million). 

The following are the contractual maturities of the financial liabilities, including estimated interest payment: 

Carrying
amount 

Contractual
cash flows 

Less than
1 year 

1 to 2
years 

2 to 5
years 

More than 
5 years 

December 31, 2018 

Bank indebtedness 

Trade and other payables 

12,334  

475,585  

12,334 

12,334 

475,585 

  475,585 

— 

— 

— 

— 

Long-term debt 

  1,584,423  

1,754,909 

  181,932 

  411,567 

  1,160,505 

Other financial liability 

5,594  

6,000 

2,000 

2,000 

2,000 

  2,077,936  

2,248,828 

  671,851 

  413,567 

  1,162,505 

December 31, 2017 

Bank indebtedness 

9,392  

9,392 

9,392 

Trade and other payables 

425,815  

425,815 

  425,815 

— 

— 

— 

— 

Long-term debt 

  1,498,396  

1,657,039 

  105,490 

  352,127 

  1,199,422 

Derivatives financial liabilities 

Other financial liability 

932  

14,581  

932 

17,000 

559 

1,300 

249 

6,555 

124 

9,145 

  1,949,116  

2,110,178 

  542,556 

  358,931 

  1,208,691 

It is not expected that the contractual cash flows could occur significantly earlier, or at significantly different amounts. 

— 

— 

905 

— 

905 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

TFI International 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017 
(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.) 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

89

24.  Financial instruments and financial risk management (continued) 

c)  Market risk 

Market  risk  is  the  risk  that  changes  in  market  prices,  such  as  foreign  exchange  rates  and  interest  rates,  will  affect  the 
Group’s income or the value of its holdings of financial instruments. The objective of market risk management is to manage 
and control market risk exposure within acceptable parameters, while optimizing the return. 

The  Group  buys  and  sells  derivatives,  and  also  incurs  financial  liabilities,  in  order  to  manage  market  risks.  All  such 
transactions  are  carried  out  within  the  guidelines  set  by  the  Group’s  management  and  it  does  not  use  derivatives  for 
speculative purposes. 

d)  Currency risk 

The  Group  is  exposed  to  currency  risk  on  financial  assets  and  liabilities,  sales  and  purchases  that  are  denominated  in  a 
currency  other than  the  respective  functional  currencies  of  Group  entities.  Primarily  the  Canadian  entities  are  exposed  to 
U.S.  dollars  and  entities  having  a  functional  currency  other  than  the  Canadian  dollars  (foreign  operations)  are  not 
significantly  exposed  to  currency  risk.  The  Group  mitigates  and  manages  its  future  US$  cash  flow  by  creating  offsetting 
positions through the use of foreign exchange contracts and US$ debt. 

To mitigate its financial net liabilities exposure to foreign currency risk related to Canadian entities, the Group designated a 
portion of its U.S. dollar denominated debt as a hedging item in a net investment hedge. 

The  Group’s  financial  assets  and  liabilities  exposure  to  foreign  currency  risk  related  to  Canadian  entities  was  as  follows 
based on notional amounts: 

(in thousands of U.S. dollars) 

Trade and other receivables 

Trade and other payables 

Long-term debt 

Balance sheet exposure 

Long-term debt designated as investment hedge 

Net balance sheet exposure 

2018 

38,030 

(3,108) 

2017 

35,437 

(6,208) 

(330,447) 

  (328,167) 

(295,525) 

  (298,938) 

325,000 

  325,000 

29,475 

26,062 

The  Group  estimates  its  annual  net  US$  denominated  cash  flow  from  operating  activities  at  approximately  $310 million 
(2017 – $280 million). This cash flow is earned evenly throughout the year. 

The following exchange rates applied during the year: 

Average US$ for the year ended December 31 

Closing US$ as at December 31 

2018 

1.2957  

1.3642  

2017 

1.2982 

1.2545 

Sensitivity analysis 
A 1-cent increase in the U.S. dollar at the reporting date, assuming all other variables, in particular interest rates, remain 
constant,  would  have  increased  (decreased)  equity  and  income  or  loss  by  the  amounts  shown  below.  The  analysis  is 
performed on the same basis for 2017. 

Balance sheet exposure 

Long-term debt designated as investment hedge 

Net balance sheet exposure 

2018 

2017 

1-cent 
increase  

(2,166) 

2,382 

216 

1-cent
decrease 

1-cent 
increase  

1-cent
decrease 

2,166 

(2,382) 

(216) 

(2,383) 

2,591 

208 

2,383 

(2,591) 

(208) 

Net impact on change in fair value of foreign exchange derivatives is not significant. 

2018 Annual Report 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
90 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017
(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.)

24.  Financial instruments and financial risk management (continued) 

e) 

Interest rate risk 
The Group’s intention is to minimize its exposure to changes in interest rates by maintaining a significant portion of fixed-
rate interest-bearing long-term debt. This is achieved by entering into interest rate swaps.  

On October 27, 2016, pursuant to the adoption of IFRS 9, the Group entered into interest rate swaps designated for cash 
flow hedges at the inception of the swap for $500 million. This variable interest debt sets interest using the 30-day Banker`s 
Acceptance  rate.  In  addition,  on  November  1,  2016,  the  Group  further  designated  for  cash  flow  hedges  of  pre-existing 
interest rate swaps of $325 million to hedge variable interest debt set using the 30-day Libor rate. A $3.9 million loss, $2.8 
million net of tax, (2017 – $5.4 million gain, $3.9 million net of tax) was recorded on the marking-to-market of the interest 
rate derivative to other comprehensive income for these cash flow hedges.  

Ineffectiveness  in  hedging  stems  from  differences  between  the  hedged  item  and  hedging  instruments  with  respect  to 
interest  rate  characteristics,  currency,  notional  values  and  term.  For  the  year  ended  December  31,  2018,  the  derivatives 
designated  as  cash  flow  hedges  were  considered  to  be  fully  effective  and  no  ineffectiveness  has  been  recognized  in  net 
earnings. 

At  December  31,  2018  and  2017,  the  interest  rate  profile  of  the  Group’s  carrying  amount  interest-bearing  financial 
instruments excluding the effects of interest rate derivatives was: 

Fixed rate instruments 

Variable rate instruments 

The Group’s interest rate derivatives are as follows: 

2018 

2017 

345,062 

307,503 

1,239,361 

  1,190,893 

1,584,423 

  1,498,396 

2018 

2017 

Notional

Notional 

Notional

Notional 

Average

Contract

Average 

Contract 

Fair

Average

Contract

Average

Contract 

Fair 

B.A.

rate 

Amount

CDN$ 

Libor 

rate  

Amount 

value

US$  

CDN$ 

B.A.

rate 

Amount

CDN$ 

Libor

rate 

Amount 

value 

US$  

CDN$  

Coverage period: 

Less than 1 year 

    0.99%    225,000 

  1.92% 

  325,000 

  5,430   

0.98%    500,000 

1.92%   

325,000    4,273  

1 to 2 years 

2 to 3 years 

3 to 4 years 

4 to 5 years 

Asset 

Presented as: 

Current assets 

Non-current assets 

Current liabilities 

Non-current liabilities     

—   

—   

—   

—   

— 

  1.89% 

  237,500 

  1,812   

0.99%    300,000 

1.92%   

325,000    3,129  

— 

  1.92% 

  100,000 

648   

— 

  1.92% 

75,000 

486   

— 

— 

— 

—   

—   

—   

—   

— 

— 

— 

1.89%   

237,500   

433  

1.92%   

100,000   

218  

1.92%   

75,000   

164  

  8,376   

  5,430   

  2,946   

—   

—   

    8,217  

    4,521  

    4,317  

(248 ) 

(373 ) 

The  fair  value  of  the  interest  rate  swaps  has  been  estimated  using  industry  standard  valuation  models  which  use  rates 
published on financial capital markets. 

TFI International 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
  
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
  
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
  
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017 
(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.) 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

91

24.  Financial instruments and financial risk management (continued) 

Fair value sensitivity analysis for fixed rate instruments 
The Group does not account for any fixed rate financial liabilities at fair value through income or loss. Therefore a change 
in interest rates at the reporting date would not affect income or loss. 

Cash flow sensitivity analysis for variable rate instruments 
A 1% change in interest rates at the reporting date would have increased (decreased) equity and net income or net loss by 
the  amounts  shown  below.  This  analysis  assumes  that  all  other  variables,  in  particular  foreign  currency  rates,  remain 
constant. The analysis is performed on the same basis for 2017. 

Interest on variable rate instrument 

(3,633) 

3,633 

(2,070) 

2,070 

1% increase 

1% decrease 

1% increase 

1% decrease 

2018 

2017 

Impact on instruments used in cash flow hedge: 

Interest on variable rate instrument 

Interest on interest rate swaps 

1% increase 

1% decrease 

1% increase 

1% decrease 

2018 

2017 

(4,896) 

4,896 

— 

4,896 

(4,896) 

— 

(6,635) 

6,635 

— 

6,635 

(6,635) 

— 

Net impact on change in fair value of interest rate swaps is not significant. 

f)  Capital management 

For the purposes of capital management, capital consists of share capital and retained earnings of the Group. The Group's 
objectives when managing capital are: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

To ensure proper capital investment in order to provide stability and competitiveness to its operations; 

To ensure sufficient liquidity to pursue its growth strategy and undertake selective acquisitions; 

To maintain an appropriate debt level so that there are no financial constraints on the use of capital; and 

To maintain investors, creditors and market confidence. 

The Group seeks to maintain a balance between the highest returns that might be possible with higher level of borrowings 
and the advantages and security by a sound capital position.  

The Group monitors its long-term debt using the ratios below to maintain an appropriate debt level. The Group’s debt-to-
equity and debt-to-capitalization ratios are as follows: 

Long-term debt 

Shareholders' equity 

Debt-to-equity ratio 

Debt-to-capitalization ratio1 

2018 

2017 

  1,584,423 

  1,498,396 

  1,576,854 

  1,415,124 

1.00 

0.50 

1.06 

0.51 

1   Long-term debt divided by the sum of shareholders' equity and long-term debt. 

There were no changes in the Group’s approach to capital management during the year. 

The Group’s credit facility agreement requires monitoring two ratios on a quarterly basis. The first is a ratio of total debt 
plus  letters  of  credit  and  some  other  long-term  liabilities  to  earnings  before  interest,  income  taxes,  depreciation  and 
amortization  (“EBITDA”).  The  second  is  a  ratio  of  adjusted  earnings  before  interest,  income  taxes,  depreciation  and 
amortization  and  rent  expense  (“EBITDAR”),  and,  including  last  twelve  months  adjusted  EBITDAR  from  acquisitions  to 
interest  and  net  rent  expenses.  These  ratios  are  measured  on  a  consolidated  last  twelve-month  basis  and  must  be  kept 
below  a  certain  threshold  so  as  not  to  breach  a  covenant  in  the  Group’s  syndicated  bank.  At  December  31,  2018  and 
December 31, 2017, the Group was in compliance with its financial covenants. 

2018 Annual Report 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
92 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017
(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.)

24.  Financial instruments and financial risk management (continued) 

f)  Capital management (continued) 

The Group has sufficient liquidity to continue both its operations as well as its acquisition strategy. 

Upon maturity of the Group’s long-term debt, the Group’s management and its Board of Directors will assess if the long-
term debt should be renewed at its original value, increased or decreased based on the then required capital need, credit 
availability and future interest rates. 

g)  Accounting classification and fair values 

The fair values of financial assets and liabilities, together with the carrying amounts shown in the statements of financial 
position, are as follows: 

Financial assets 

Assets carried at fair value 

Derivative financial instruments 

Investment in equity securities 

Assets carried at amortized cost 

Trade and other receivables 

Promissory note 

Financial liabilities 

Liabilities carried at fair value 

Derivative financial instruments 

Other financial liability 

Liabilities carried at amortized cost 

Bank indebtedness 

Trade and other payables 

Long-term debt 

Carrying
amount 

8,376 

1,498 

631,727 

22,686 

664,287 

2018 
Fair
value 

Carrying
amount 

2017 
Fair 
value 

8,376 

1,498 

8,838 

6,310 

631,727 

22,686 

664,287 

567,106 

20,739 

602,993 

8,838 

6,310 

567,106 

20,739 

602,993 

— 

5,594 

— 

5,594 

932 

14,581 

932 

14,581 

12,334 

475,585 

1,584,423 

2,077,936 

12,334 

475,585 

9,392 

9,392 

425,815 

425,815 

1,647,146 

  1,498,396 

  1,563,730 

2,140,659 

  1,949,116 

  2,014,450 

Interest rates used for determining fair value 
The  interest  rates  used  to  discount  estimated  cash  flows,  when  applicable,  are  based  on  the  government  yield  curve  at 
December 31 plus an adequate credit spread, and were as follows: 

Long-term debt 

2018 

3.9% 

2017 

3.1% 

Fair value hierarchy 
Group’s  financial  assets  and  liabilities  recorded  at  fair  value  on  a  recurring  basis  are  investment  in  equity  securities  and  the 
derivative financial instruments discussed above. Investment in equity securities are measured using level-1 inputs of the fair value 
hierarchy and derivative financials instruments are measured using level-2 inputs. 

The fair value of the promissory note represents the present value of the future cash flows, based on the interest rate of the 
note, discounted by the company specific rate of the counterparty of the note. The company specific rate is comprised of a 
risk-free  market  rate  and  a  company  specific  premium  based  on  their  risk  profile.  The  counterparty  to  the  note  is  GFL, a 
private  company,  for  which  limited  publicly  available  information  exist.  At  the  issuance  of  the  promissory  note,  the  fair 
value  was  established  using  public  information  on  the  source  of  funding  to  acquire  the  Waste  Management  segment. 
Subsequent  to  the  initial  measurement,  adjustments  to  the  company  risk  premium  are  made  based  on  the  analysis  of 
published  financial  information  and  on  significant  macro  environmental  factors  impacting  their  segment.  The  risk-free 
market rate is publicly available.  

TFI International 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017 
(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.) 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

93

25.  Operating leases, contingencies, letters of credit and other commitments 

a)  Operating leases 

The Group has entered into operating leases expiring on various dates through March 2035, with respect to rolling stock, 
real estate and other. The total future minimum lease payments under non-cancellable operating leases are as follows: 

Less than 1 year 

Between 1 and 5 years 

More than 5 years 

2018 

2017 

127,535 

  128,345 

253,466 

  259,236 

125,110 

  146,581 

506,111 

  534,162 

In 2018, expense of $152 million, was recognized in the consolidated statement of income for the operating leases (2017 – 
$149.5 million). 

b)  Contingencies 

There are pending  operational and personnel related claims  against the Group. The Group  has accrued $10.3 million for 
claim settlements which are presented in long term provisions on the consolidated statements of financial position (2017 – 
$6.9 million). In the opinion of management, these claims are adequately provided for and settlement should not have a 
significant impact on the Group’s financial position or results of operations.  

c) 

Letters of credit 
As at December 31, 2018, the Group had $39.4 million of outstanding letters of credit (2017 – $40.1 million). 

d)  Other commitments 

As at December 31, 2018, the Group had $51 million of purchase and lease commitments materializing within a year (2017 
– $75 million). 

26.  Related parties 

Parent and ultimate controlling party 
There is no single ultimate controlling party. The shares of the Company are widely held. 

Transactions with key management personnel 
Board  members  of  the  Company,  executive  officers  and  top  managers  of  major  Group’s  entities  are  deemed  to  be  key 
management personnel. Compensation totalling $0.1 million (2017 – $0.4 million) was paid to a board member for consulting 
services  provided  during  2018.  There  were  no  other  transactions  with  key  management  personnel  other  than  their  respective 
compensation. 

Key management personnel compensation 
In addition to their salaries, the Company also provides non-cash benefits to board members and executive officers. 

Executive  officers  also  participate  in  the  Company’s  stock  option  and  performance  contingent  restricted  share  unit  plans  and 
board members are entitled to deferred share units, as described in note 18. Costs incurred for key management personnel in 
relation to these plans are detailed below. 

Key management personnel compensation comprised: 

Short-term benefits 

Post-employment benefits 

Equity-settled share-based payment transactions 

Cash-settled share-based payment transactions 

2018 

14,756  

959  

4,193  

1,126  

2017 

10,574 

1,035 

4,515 

923 

21,034  

17,047 

2018 Annual Report 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
94 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017
(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.)

27.  Subsequent events 

Long-term debt 
On  February  1,  2019,  the  unsecured  term  loan  was  amended  to  increase  the  balance  from  $500  million  to  $575  million.  On 
February 11, 2019, the funds were used to reimburse the unsecured term loan of $75 million that was expected to mature in 
August 2019.  

NCIB 
Between December 31, 2018 and February 27, 2019, the Company repurchased 1,500,000 common shares at a price ranging 
from $33.89 to $39.57 for a total purchase price of $56.7 million. 

Business combinations 
On  February  19,  2019,  the  Group  completed  the  acquisition  of  Toronto  Tank  Lines  (“TTL”).  Based  in  Hamilton,  Ontario,  TTL 
specializes  in  the  transportation  and  storage  of  food  grade  liquids,  industrial  chemicals,  specialty  oils  and  waxes  throughout 
Canada, the United States and Mexico. 

On February 25, 2019, the Group acquired Schilli Corporation (“Schilli”). Based in St. Louis, Missouri, Schilli specializes in the 
transportation  of  dry  and  liquid  bulk  and  offers  dedicated  fleet  solutions  and  other  value-add  services  throughout  Midwest, 
Southeast and Gulf Coast regions of the United States. 

The Group paid $98.9 million for the two business acquisitions, subject to customary closing adjustments. 

TFI International 

 
 
 
TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR

Computershare Trust Company of Canada 
100 University Avenue, 8th floor 
Toronto, Ontario M5J 2Y1 
Telephone : 1 800 564-6253 
Fax: 1 888 453-0330

ANNUAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS

Tuesday, April 23, 2019 
at 1:30 p.m.

The Exchange Tower 
130 King Street West

Toronto, Ontario M5X 1J2

Si vous désirez recevoir la version française de ce rapport, 
veuillez écrire au secrétaire de la société :  
8801, route Transcanadienne, bureau 500  
Montréal (Québec) H4S 1Z6

CORPORATE
INFORMATION

EXECUTIVE OFFICE

96 Disco Road 
Etobicoke, Ontario M9W 0A3  
Telephone : 647 725-4500

HEAD OFFICE

8801 Trans-Canada Highway, Suite 500 
Montreal, Quebec H4S 1Z6  
Telephone : 514 331-4000 
Fax: 514 337-4200

Web site: www.tfiintl.com 
E-mail: administration@tfiintl.com

AUDITORS

KPMG LLP

STOCK EXCHANGE LISTING 
TFI International Inc. shares are listed on the Toronto Stock  
Exchange under the symbol TFII and on the OTCQX market- 
place in the U.S. under the symbol TFIFF.

FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS

National Bank of Canada

Royal Bank of Canada 

Bank of America Merrill Lynch 

Bank of Montreal

The Bank of Nova Scotia 

Caisse Centrale Desjardins 

JP Morgan Chase Bank

Toronto Dominion Bank

Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi UFJ (Canada) 

Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce

HSBC Bank Canada

PNC Bank Canada Branch

Alberta Treasury Branch

T
F

I

I

N
T
E
R
N
A
T

I

O
N
A
L

A
N
N
U
A
L

R
E
P
O
R
T

2
0
1
8

www.tfiintl.com

2018 ANNUAL REPORT